summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/41135.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-08 16:18:17 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-03-08 16:18:17 -0800
commite10f95577d0241b10f5af59dafb8da9657e04aa7 (patch)
tree22fd5e82adf00070b4984395601956d546acbb56 /41135.txt
parent1ec8a397b6a932398a1a113b39efc747676ec233 (diff)
Add files from ibiblio as of 2025-03-08 16:18:17HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '41135.txt')
-rw-r--r--41135.txt8547
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8547 deletions
diff --git a/41135.txt b/41135.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 17668a2..0000000
--- a/41135.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8547 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Theory and Practice of Model Aeroplaning, by
-V. E. Johnson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: The Theory and Practice of Model Aeroplaning
-
-Author: V. E. Johnson
-
-Release Date: October 21, 2012 [EBook #41135]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ASCII
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE THEORY AND PRACTICE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Chris Curnow, Mark Young and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: THE MOST IMPORTANT "TOOL" IN THE BUILDING OF MODEL
-AEROPLANES.
-
-[_Illustration by permission from_ MESSRS. A. GALLENKAMP & CO'S.
-CHEMICAL CATALOGUE.]]
-
-
-
-
- THE THEORY AND PRACTICE
- OF
- MODEL AEROPLANING
-
- BY
- V.E. JOHNSON, M.A.
-
- AUTHOR OF
- 'THE BEST SHAPE FOR AN AIRSHIP,' 'SOARING FLIGHT,'
- 'HOW TO ADVANCE THE SCIENCE OF AERONAUTICS,'
- 'HOW TO BUILD A MODEL AEROPLANE,' ETC.
-
- "Model Aeroplaning is an Art in itself"
-
- [Illustration]
-
- London
- E. & F.N. SPON, LTD., 57 HAYMARKET
-
- New York
- SPON & CHAMBERLAIN, 123 LIBERTY STREET
-
- 1910
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE
-
-
-The object of this little book is not to describe how to construct
-some particular kind of aeroplane; this has been done elsewhere: but
-to narrate in plain language the general practice and principles of
-model aeroplaning.
-
-There is a _science_ of model aeroplaning--just as there is a science
-of model yachting and model steam and electric traction, and an
-endeavour is made in the following pages to do in some measure for
-model aeroplanes what has already been done for model yachts and
-locomotives. To achieve the best results, theory and practice must go
-hand in hand.
-
-From a series of carefully conducted experiments empirical formulae can
-be obtained which, combined later with mathematical induction and
-deduction, may lead, not only to a more accurate and generalized law
-than that contained in the empirical formula, but to valuable
-deductions of a totally new type, embodying some general law hitherto
-quite unknown by experimentalists, which in its turn may serve as a
-foundation or stepping stone for suggesting other experiments and
-empirical formulae which may be of especial importance, to be treated
-in _their_ turn like their predecessor. By "especial importance," I
-mean not only to "model," but "Aeroplaning" generally.
-
-As to the value of experiments on or with models with respect to
-full-sized machines, fifteen years ago I held the opinion that they
-were a very doubtful factor. I have since considerably modified that
-view, and now consider that experiments with models--if properly
-carried out, and given due, not _undue_, weight--both can and will be
-of as much use to the science of Aeronautics as they have already
-proved themselves to be in that of marine engineering.
-
-The subject of model propellers and motors has been somewhat fully
-dealt with, as but little has been published (in book form, at any
-rate) on these all-important departments. On similar grounds the
-reasons why and how a model aeroplane flies have been practically
-omitted, because these have been dealt with more or less in every book
-on heavier-than-air machines.
-
-Great care has been exercised in the selection of matter, and in the
-various facts stated herein; in most cases I have personally verified
-them; great pains have also been exercised to exclude not only
-misleading, but also doubtful matter. I have no personal axe to grind
-whatever, nor am I connected either directly or indirectly with any
-firm of aeroplane builders, model or otherwise.
-
-The statements contained in these pages are absolutely free from bias
-of any kind, and for them I am prepared to accept full responsibility.
-
-I have to thank Messrs. A.W. GAMAGE (Holborn) for the use of various
-model parts for testing purposes, and also for the use of various
-electros from their modern Aviation Catalogue; also Messrs. T.W.K.
-CLARKE & CO., of Kingston-on-Thames. For the further use of electros,
-and for permission to reproduce illustrations which have previously
-appeared in their papers, I must express my acknowledgment and thanks
-to the publishers of the "Model Engineer," "Flight," and the "Aero."
-Corrections and suggestions of any kind will be gratefully received,
-and duly acknowledged.
-
- V.E. JOHNSON.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- INTRODUCTION.
- PAGE
-
- Sec.Sec. 1-5. The two classes of models--First requisite of a model
- aeroplane. Sec. 6. An art in itself. Sec. 7. The leading principle 1
-
-
- CHAPTER I.
-
- THE QUESTION OF WEIGHT.
-
- Sec.Sec. 1-2. Its primary importance both in rubber and
- power-driven models--Professor Langley's experiences. Sec. 3.
- Theoretical aspect of the question. Sec. 4. Means whereby more
- weight can be carried--How to obtain maximum strength with
- minimum weight. Sec. 5. Heavy models versus light ones 4
-
-
- CHAPTER II.
-
- THE QUESTION OF RESISTANCE.
-
- Sec. 1. The chief function of a model in the medium in which it
- travels. Sec. 2. Resistance considered as load percentage. Sec. 3.
- How made up. Sec. 4. The shape of minimum resistance. Sec. 5. The
- case of rubber-driven models. Sec. 6. The aerofoil
- surface--Shape and material as affecting this question. Sec. 7.
- Skin friction--Its coefficient. Sec. 8. Experimental proofs of
- its existence and importance 7
-
-
- CHAPTER III.
-
- THE QUESTION OF BALANCE.
-
- Sec. 1. automatic stability essential in a flying model. Sec. 2.
- theoretical researches on this question. Sec.Sec. 3-6. a brief
- summary of the chief conclusions arrived at--remarks on and
- deductions from the same--conditions for automatic stability.
- Sec. 7. theory and practice--stringfellow--penaud--tatin--the
- question of fins--clarke's models--some further
- considerations. Sec. 8. longitudinal stability. Sec. 9. transverse
- stability. Sec. 10. the dihedral angle. Sec. 11. different forms of
- the latter. Sec. 12. the "upturned" tip. Sec. 13. the most
- efficient section 13
-
-
- CHAPTER IV.
-
- THE MOTIVE POWER.
-
- SECTION I.--RUBBER MOTORS.
-
- Sec. 1. Some experiments with rubber cord. Sec. 2. Its extension
- under various weights. Sec. 3. The laws of elongation
- (stretching)--Permanent set. Sec. 4. Effects of elongation on
- its volume. Sec. 5. "Stretched-twisted" rubber cord--Torque
- experiments with rubber strands of varying length and number.
- Sec. 6. Results plotted as graphs--Deductions--Various
- relations--How to obtain the most efficient
- results--Relations between the torque and the number of
- strands, and between the length of the strands and their
- number. Sec. 7. Analogy between rubber and "spring"
- motors--Where it fails to hold. Sec. 8. Some further practical
- deductions. Sec. 9. The number of revolutions that can be given
- to rubber motors. Sec. 10. The maximum number of turns. Sec. 11.
- "Lubricants" for rubber. Sec. 12. Action of copper upon rubber.
- Sec. 12A. Action of water, etc. Sec. 12B. How to preserve rubber.
- Sec. 13. To test rubber. Sec. 14. The shape of the section. Sec. 15.
- Size of section. Sec. 16. Geared rubber motors. Sec. 17. The only
- system worth consideration--Its practical difficulties. Sec. 18.
- Its advantages 24
-
- SECTION II.--OTHER FORMS OF MOTORS.
-
- Sec. 18A. _Spring motors_; their inferiority to rubber. Sec. 18B.
- The most efficient form of spring motor. Sec. 18C. _Compressed
- air motors_--A fascinating form of motor, "on paper." Sec. 18D.
- The pneumatic drill--Application to a model aeroplane--Length
- of possible flight. Sec. 18E. The pressure in motor-car tyres.
- Sec. 19. Hargraves' compressed air models--The best results
- compared with rubber motors. Sec. 20. The effect of heating the
- air in its passage from the reservoir to the motor--The great
- gain in efficiency thereby attained--Liquid air--Practical
- drawbacks to the compressed-air motor. Sec. 21. Reducing
- valves--Lowest working pressure. Sec. 22. The inferiority of
- this motor compared with the steam engine. Sec. 22A. Tatin's
- air-compressed motor. Sec. 23. _Steam engine_--Steam engine
- model--Professor Langley's models--His experiment with
- various forms of motive power--Conclusions arrived at. Sec. 24.
- His steam engine models--Difficulties and failures--and final
- success--The "boiler" the great difficulty--His model
- described. Sec. 25. The use of spirit or some very volatile
- hydrocarbon in the place of water. Sec. 26. Steam turbines.
- Sec. 27. Relation between "difficulty in construction" and the
- "size of the model." Sec. 28. Experiments in France. Sec. 29.
- _Petrol motors._--But few successful models. Sec. 30. Limit to
- size. Sec. 31. Stanger's successful model described and
- illustrated. Sec. 32. One-cylinder petrol motors. Sec. 33.
- _Electric motors_ 39
-
-
- CHAPTER V.
-
- PROPELLERS OR SCREWS.
-
- Sec. 1. The position of the propeller. Sec. 2. The number of
- blades. Sec. 3. Fan _versus_ propeller. Sec. 4. The function of a
- propeller. Sec. 5. The pitch. Sec. 6. Slip. Sec. 7. Thrust. Sec. 8. Pitch
- coefficient (or ratio). Sec. 9. Diameter. Sec. 10. Theoretical
- pitch. Sec. 11. Uniform pitch. Sec. 12. How to ascertain the pitch
- of a propeller. Sec. 13. Hollow-faced blades. Sec. 14. Blade area.
- Sec. 15. Rate of rotation. Sec. 16. Shrouding. Sec. 17. General
- design. Sec. 18. The shape of the blades. Sec. 19. Their general
- contour--Propeller design--How to design a propeller. Sec. 20.
- Experiments with propellers--Havilland's design for
- experiments--The author experiments on dynamic thrust and
- model propellers generally. Sec. 21. Fabric-covered screws.
- Sec. 22. Experiments with twin propellers. Sec. 23. The Fleming
- Williams propeller. Sec. 24. Built-up _v._ twisted wooden
- propellers 52
-
-
- CHAPTER VI.
-
- THE QUESTION OF SUSTENTATION.
- THE CENTRE OF PRESSURE.
-
- Sec. 1. The centre of pressure--Automatic stability. Sec. 2.
- Oscillations. Sec. 3. Arched surfaces and movements of the
- centre of pressure--Reversal. Sec. 4. The centre of gravity and
- the centre of pressure. Sec. 5. Camber. Sec. 6. Dipping front
- edge--Camber--The angle of incidence and camber--Attitude of
- the Wright machine. Sec. 7. The most efficient form of camber.
- Sec. 8. The instability of a deeply cambered surface. Sec. 9.
- Aspect ratio. Sec. 10. Constant or varying camber. Sec. 11. Centre
- of pressure on arched surfaces 78
-
-
- CHAPTER VII.
-
- MATERIALS FOR AEROPLANE
- CONSTRUCTION.
-
- Sec. 1. The choice strictly limited. Sec. 2. Bamboo. Sec. 3.
- Ash--spruce-- whitewood--poplar. Sec. 4. Steel. Sec. 5. Umbrella
- section steel. Sec. 6. Steel wire. Sec. 7. Silk. Sec. 8. Aluminium and
- magnalium. Sec. 9. Alloys. Sec. 10. Sheet ebonite--Vulcanized
- fibre--Sheet celluloid--Mica 86
-
-
- CHAPTER VIII.
-
- HINTS ON THE BUILDING OF MODEL
- AEROPLANES.
-
- Sec. 1. The chief difficulty to overcome. Sec. 2. General
- design--The principle of continuity. Sec. 3. Simple monoplane.
- Sec. 4. Importance of soldering. Sec. 5. Things to avoid. Sec. 6.
- Aerofoil of metal--wood--or fabric. Sec. 7. Shape of aerofoil.
- Sec. 8. How to camber an aerocurve without ribs. Sec. 9. Flexible
- joints. Sec. 10. Single surfaces. Sec. 11. The rod or tube carrying
- the rubber motor. Sec. 12. Position of the rubber. Sec. 13. The
- position of the centre of pressure. Sec. 14. Elevators and
- tails. Sec. 15. Skids _versus_ wheels--Materials for skids.
- Sec. 16. Shock absorbers, how to attach--Relation between the
- "gap" and the "chord" 93
-
-
- CHAPTER IX.
-
- THE STEERING OF THE MODEL.
-
- Sec. 1. A problem of great difficulty--Effects of propeller
- torque. Sec. 2. How obviated. Sec. 3. The two-propeller
- solution--The reason why it is only a partial success. Sec. 4.
- The _speed_ solution. Sec. 5. Vertical fins. Sec. 6. Balancing tips
- or ailerons. Sec. 7. Weighting. Sec. 8. By means of transversely
- canting the elevator. Sec. 9. The necessity for some form of
- "keel" 105
-
-
- CHAPTER X.
-
- THE LAUNCHING OF THE MODEL.
-
- Sec. 1. The direction in which to launch them. Sec. 2. The
- velocity--wooden aerofoils and fabric-covered
- aerofoils--Poynter's launching apparatus. Sec. 3. The launching
- of very light models. Sec. 4. Large size and power-driven
- models. Sec. 5. Models designed to rise from the
- ground--Paulhan's prize model. Sec. 6. The setting of the
- elevator. Sec. 7. The most suitable propeller for this form of
- model. Sec. 8. Professor Kress' method of launching. Sec. 9. How to
- launch a twin screw model. Sec. 10. A prior revolution of the
- propellers. Sec. 11. The best angle at which to launch a model 109
-
-
- CHAPTER XI.
-
- HELICOPTER MODELS.
-
- Sec. 1. Models quite easy to make. Sec. 2. Sir George Cayley's
- helicopter model. Sec. 3. Phillips' successful power-driven
- model. Sec. 4. Toy helicopters. Sec. 5. Incorrect and correct way
- of arranging the propellers. Sec. 6. Fabric covered screws. Sec. 7.
- A design to obviate weight. Sec. 8. The question of a fin or
- keel. 113
-
-
- CHAPTER XII.
-
- EXPERIMENTAL RECORDS 116
-
-
- CHAPTER XIII.
-
- MODEL FLYING COMPETITIONS.
-
- Sec. 1. A few general details concerning such. Sec. 2. Aero Models
- Association's classification, etc. Sec. 3. Various points to be
- kept in mind when competing 119
-
-
- CHAPTER XIV.
-
- USEFUL NOTES, TABLES, FORMULAE, ETC.
-
- Sec. 1. Comparative velocities. Sec. 2. Conversions. Sec. 3. Areas of
- various shaped surfaces. Sec. 4. French and English measures.
- Sec. 5. Useful data. Sec. 6. Table of equivalent inclinations. Sec. 7.
- Table of skin friction. Sec. 8. Table I. (metals). Sec. 9. Table
- II. (wind pressures). Sec. 10. Wind pressure on various shaped
- bodies. Sec. 11. Table III. (lift and drift) on a cambered
- surface. Sec. 12. Table IV. (lift and drift)--On a plane
- aerofoil--Deductions. Sec. 13. Table V. (timber). Sec. 14. Formula
- connecting weight lifted and velocity. Sec. 15. Formula
- connecting models of similar design but different weights.
- Sec. 16. Formula connecting power and speed. Sec. 17. Propeller
- thrust. Sec. 18. To determine experimentally the static thrust
- of a propeller. Sec. 19. Horse-power and the number of
- revolutions. Sec. 20. To compare one model with another. Sec. 21.
- Work done by a clockwork spring motor. Sec. 22. To ascertain the
- horse-power of a rubber motor. Sec. 23. Foot-pounds of energy in
- a given weight of rubber--Experimental determination of.
- Sec. 24. Theoretical length of flight. Sec. 25. To test different
- motors. Sec. 26. Efficiency of a model. Sec. 27. Efficiency of
- design. Sec. 28. Naphtha engines. Sec. 29. Horse-power and weight
- of model petrol motors. Sec. 30. Formula for rating the same.
- Sec. 30A. Relation between static thrust of propeller and total
- weight of model. Sec. 31. How to find the height of an
- inaccessible object (kite, balloon, etc.). Sec. 32. Formula for
- I.H.P. of model steam engines 125
-
- APPENDIX A. Some models which have won medals at open
- competitions 143
-
-
-
-
-GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN MODEL AEROPLANING.
-
-
-_Aeroplane._ A motor-driven flying machine which relies upon surfaces
-for its support in the air.
-
-_Monoplane_ (single). An aeroplane with one pair of outstretched
-wings.
-
-_Aerofoil._ These outstretched wings are often called aerofoil
-surfaces. One pair of wings forming one aerofoil surface.
-
-_Monoplane_ (double). An aeroplane with two aerofoils, one behind the
-other or two main planes, tandem-wise.
-
-_Biplane._ An aeroplane with two aerofoils, one below the other, or
-having two main planes superposed.
-
-_Triplane._ An aeroplane having three such aerofoils or three such
-main planes.
-
-_Multiplane._ Any such machine having more than three of the above.
-
-_Glider._ A motorless aeroplane.
-
-_Helicopter._ A flying machine in which propellers are employed to
-raise the machine in the air by their own unaided efforts.
-
-_Dihedral Angle._ A dihedral angle is an angle made by two surfaces
-that do not lie in the same plane, i.e. when the aerofoils are
-arranged V-shaped. It is better, however, to somewhat extend this
-definition, and not to consider it as necessary that the two surfaces
-_do_ actually meet, but would do so if produced thus in figure. BA and
-CD are still dihedrals, sometimes termed "upturned tips."
-
-[Illustration: Dihedrals.]
-
-_Span_ is the distance from tip to tip of the main supporting surface
-measured transversely (across) the line of flight.
-
-_Camber_ (a slight arching or convexity upwards). This term denotes
-that the aerofoil has such a curved transverse section.
-
-_Chord_ is the distance between the entering (or leading) edge of the
-main supporting surface (aerofoil) and the trailing edge of the same;
-also defined as the fore and aft dimension of the main planes measured
-in a straight line between the leading and trailing edges.
-
- span
- _Aspect Ratio_ is -----
- chord
-
-_Gap_ is the vertical distance between one aerofoil and the one which
-is immediately above it.
-
-(The gap is usually made equal to the chord).
-
-_Angle of Incidence._ The angle of incidence is the angle made by the
-chord with the line of flight.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- AB = chord. AB = cambered surface.
- SP = line of flight. ASP = {alpha} = L of incidence.]
-
-_Width._ The width of an aerofoil is the distance from the front to
-the rear edge, allowing for camber.
-
-_Length._ This term is usually applied to the machine as a whole, from
-the front leading edge of elevator (or supports) to tip of tail.
-
-_Arched._ This term is usually applied to aerofoil surfaces which dip
-downwards like the wings of a bird. The curve in this case being at
-right angles to "camber." A surface can, of course, be both cambered
-and arched.
-
-_Propeller._ A device for propelling or pushing an aeroplane forward
-or for raising it vertically (lifting screw).
-
-_Tractor Screw._ A device for pulling the machine (used when the
-propeller is placed in the front of the machine).
-
-_Keel._ A vertical plane or planes (usually termed "fins") arranged
-longitudinally for the purposes of stability and steering.
-
-_Tail._ The plane, or group of planes, at the rear end of an
-aeroplane for the purpose chiefly of giving longitudinal stability. In
-such cases the tail is normally (approx.) horizontal, but not
-unfrequently vertical tail-pieces are fitted as well for steering
-(transversely) to the right or left, or the entire tail may be twisted
-for the purpose of transverse stability (vide _Elevator_). Such
-appendages are being used less and less with the idea of giving actual
-support.
-
-_Rudder_ is the term used for the vertical plane, or planes, which are
-used to steer the aeroplane sideways.
-
-_Warping._ The flexing or bending of an aerofoil out of its normal
-shape. The rear edges near the tips of the aerofoil being dipped or
-tilted respectively, in order to create a temporary difference in
-their inclinations to the line of flight. Performed in conjunction
-with rudder movements, to counteract the excessive action of the
-latter.
-
-_Ailerons_ (also called "righting-tips," "balancing-planes," etc.).
-Small aeroplanes in the vicinity of the tips of the main aerofoil for
-the purpose of assisting in the maintenance of equilibrium or for
-steering purposes either with or without the assistance of the rudder.
-
-_Elevator._ The plane, or planes, in front of the main aerofoil used
-for the purpose of keeping the aeroplane on an even keel, or which
-cause (by being tilted or dipped) the aeroplane to rise or fall (vide
-_Tail_).
-
-
-
-
-MODEL AEROPLANING
-
-
-
-
-INTRODUCTION.
-
-
-Sec. 1. Model Aeroplanes are primarily divided into two classes: first,
-models intended before all else to be ones that shall _fly_; secondly,
-_models_, using the word in its proper sense of full-sized machines.
-Herein model aeroplanes differ from model yachts and model
-locomotives. An extremely small model locomotive _built to scale_ will
-still _work_, just as a very small yacht built to scale will _sail_;
-but when you try to build a scale model of an "Antoinette" monoplane,
-_including engine_, it cannot be made to fly unless the scale be a
-very large one. If, for instance, you endeavoured to make a 1/10 scale
-model, your model petrol motor would be compelled to have eight
-cylinders, each 0.52 bore, and your magneto of such size as easily to
-pass through a ring half an inch in diameter. Such a model could not
-possibly work.[1]
-
- _Note._--Readers will find in the "Model Engineer" of June 16,
- 1910, some really very fine working drawings of a prize-winning
- Antoinette monoplane model.
-
-Sec. 2. Again, although the motor constitutes the _chief_, it is by no
-means the sole difficulty in _scale_ model aeroplane building. To
-reproduce to scale at _scale weight_, or indeed anything approaching it,
-_all_ the _necessary_--in the case of a full-sized machine--framework is
-not possible in a less than 1/5 scale.
-
-Sec. 3. Special difficulties occur in the case of any prototype taken.
-For instance, in the case of model Bleriots it is extremely difficult
-to get the centre of gravity sufficiently forward.
-
-Sec. 4. Scale models of actual flying machines _that will fly_ mean
-models _at least_ 10 or 12 feet across, and every other dimension in
-like proportion; and it must always be carefully borne in mind that
-the smaller the scale the greater the difficulties, but not in the
-same proportion--it would not be _twice_ as difficult to build a
-1/4-in. scale model as a 1/2-in., but _four_, _five_ or _six_ times as
-difficult.
-
-Sec. 5. Now, the _first_ requirement of a model aeroplane, or flying
-machine, is that it shall FLY.
-
-As will be seen later on--unless the machine be of large size, 10 feet
-and more spread--the only motor at our disposal is the motor of
-twisted rubber strands, and this to be efficient requires to be long,
-and is of practically uniform weight throughout; this alone alters the
-entire _distribution of weight_ on the machine and makes:
-
-Sec. 6. "=Model Aeroplaning an Art in itself=," and as such we propose to
-consider it in the following pages.
-
-We have said that the first requisite of a model aeroplane is that it
-shall fly, but there is no necessity, nor is it indeed always to be
-desired, that this should be its only one, unless it be built with the
-express purpose of obtaining a record length of flight. For ordinary
-flights and scientific study what is required is a machine in which
-minute detail is of secondary importance, but which does along its
-main lines "_approximate_ to the real thing."
-
-Sec. 7. Simplicity should be the first thing aimed at--simplicity means
-efficiency, it means it in full-sized machines, still more does it
-mean it in models--and this very question of simplicity brings us to
-that most important question of all, namely, the question of _weight_.
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[1] The smallest working steam engine that the writer has ever heard
-of has a net weight of 4 grains. One hundred such engines would be
-required to weigh one ounce. The bore being 0.03 in., and stroke 1/32
-of an inch, r.p.m. 6000 per min., h.p. developed 1/489000 ("Model
-Engineer," July 7, 1910). When working it hums like a bee.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-THE QUESTION OF WEIGHT.
-
-
-Sec. 1. The following is an extract from a letter that appeared in the
-correspondence columns of "The Aero."[2]
-
-"To give you some idea how slight a thing will make a model behave
-badly, I fitted a skid to protect the propeller underneath the
-aeroplane, and the result in retarding flight could be seen very
-quickly, although the weight of the skid was almost nil.[3] To all
-model makers who wish to make a success I would say, strip all that
-useless and heavy chassis off, cut down the 'good, honest stick' that
-you have for a backbone to half its thickness, stay it with wire if it
-bends under the strain of the rubber, put light silk on the planes,
-and use an aluminium[4] propeller. The result will surpass all
-expectations."
-
-Sec. 2. The above refers, of course, to a rubber-motor driven model. Let
-us turn to a steam-driven prototype. I take the best known example of
-all, Professor Langley's famous model. Here is what the professor has
-to say on the question[5]:--
-
-"Every bit of the machinery had to be constructed with scientific
-accuracy. It had to be tested again and again. The difficulty of
-getting the machine light enough was such that every part of it had to
-be remade several times. It would be in full working order when
-something would give way, and this part would have to be strengthened.
-This caused additional weight, and necessitated cutting off so much
-weight from some other part of the machinery. At times the difficulty
-seemed almost heartbreaking; but I went on, piece by piece and atom by
-atom, until I at last succeeded in getting all the parts of the right
-strength and proportion."
-
-How to obtain the maximum strength with the minimum of weight is one
-of the, if not the most, difficult problems which the student has to
-solve.
-
-Sec. 3. The theoretical reason why _weight_ is such an all-important item
-in model aeroplaning, much more so than in the case of full-size
-machines, is that, generally speaking, such models do not fly fast
-enough to possess a high weight carrying capacity. If you increase the
-area of the supporting surface you increase also the resistance, and
-thereby diminish the speed, and are no better off than before. The
-only way to increase the weight carrying capacity of a model is to
-increase its speed. This point will be recurred to later on. One of
-Mr. T.W.K. Clarke's well-known models, surface area 11/4 sq. ft.,
-weight 11/4 lb., is stated to have made a flight of 300 yards
-carrying 6 oz. of lead. This works out approximately at 21 oz. per sq.
-ft.
-
-The velocity (speed) is not stated, but some earlier models by the
-same designer, weight 11/2 lb., supporting area 11/2 sq. ft., i.e.,
-at rate of 16 oz. per sq. ft., travelled at a rate of 37 ft. per
-second, or 25 miles an hour.
-
-The velocity of the former, therefore, would certainly not be less
-than 30 miles an hour.
-
-Sec. 4. Generally speaking, however, models do not travel at anything
-like this velocity, or carry anything like this weight per sq. ft.
-
-An average assumption of 13 to 15 miles an hour does nor err on the
-minimum side. Some very light fabric covered models have a speed of
-less than even 10 miles an hour. Such, of course, cannot be termed
-efficient models, and carry only about 3 oz. per sq. ft. Between these
-two types--these two extremes--somewhere lies the "Ideal Model."
-
-The maximum of strength with the minimum of weight can be obtained
-only:--
-
-1. By a knowledge of materials.
-
-2. Of how to combine those materials in a most efficient and skilful
-manner.
-
-3. By a constant use of the balance or a pair of scales, and noting
-(in writing) the weight and result of every trial and every experiment
-in the alteration and change of material used. WEIGH EVERYTHING.
-
-Sec. 5. The reader must not be misled by what has been said, and think
-that a model must not weigh anything if it is to fly well. A heavy
-model will fly much better against the wind than a light one, provided
-that the former _will_ fly. To do this it must fly _fast_. To do this
-again it must be well powered, and offer the minimum of resistance to
-the medium through which it moves. This means its aerofoil
-(supporting) surfaces must be of polished wood or metal. This point
-brings us to the question of Resistance, which we will now consider.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[2] "Aero," May 3, 1910.
-
-[3] Part of this retardation was, of course, "increased resistance."
-
-[4] Personally I do not recommend aluminium.--V.E.J.
-
-[5] "Aeronautical Journal," January 1897, p. 7.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-THE QUESTION OF RESISTANCE.
-
-
-Sec. 1. It is, or should be, the function of an aeroplane--model or
-otherwise--to pass through the medium in which it travels in such a
-manner as to leave that medium in as motionless a state as possible,
-since all motion of the surrounding air represents so much power
-wasted.
-
-Every part of the machine should be so constructed as to move through
-the air with the minimum of disturbance and resistance.
-
-Sec. 2. The resistance, considered as a percentage of the load itself,
-that has to be overcome in moving a load from one place to another,
-is, according to Mr. F.W. Lanchester, 121/2 per cent. in the case of
-a flying machine, and 0.1 per cent. in the case of a cargo boat, and
-of a solid tyre motor car 3 per cent., a locomotive 1 per cent. Four
-times at least the resistance in the case of aerial locomotion has to
-be overcome to that obtained from ordinary locomotion on land. The
-above refer, of course, to full-sized machines; for a model the
-resistance is probably nearer 14 or 15 per cent.
-
-Sec. 3. This resistance is made up of--
-
- 1. Aerodynamic resistance.
- 2. Head resistance.
- 3. Skin-friction (surface resistance).
-
-The first results from the necessity of air supporting the model
-during flight.
-
-The second is the resistance offered by the framework, wires, edges of
-aerofoils, etc.
-
-The third, skin-friction or surface resistance, is very small at low
-velocities, but increases as the square of the velocity. To reduce the
-resistance which it sets up, all surfaces used should be as smooth as
-possible. To reduce the second, contours of ichthyoid, or fish-like,
-form should be used, so that the resultant stream-line flow of the
-medium shall keep in touch with the surface of the body.
-
-Sec. 4. As long ago as 1894 a series of experiments were made by the
-writer[6] to solve the following problem: given a certain length and
-breadth, to find the shape which will offer the least resistance. The
-experiments were made with a whirling table 40 ft. in diameter, which
-could be rotated so that the extremity of the arm rotated up to a
-speed of 45 miles an hour. The method of experimenting was as follows:
-The bodies (diam. 4 in.) were balanced against one another at the
-extremity of the arm, being so balanced that their motions forward and
-backward were parallel. Provision was made for accurately balancing
-the parallel scales on which the bodies were suspended without
-altering the resistance offered by the apparatus to the air. Two
-experiments at least (to avoid error) were made in each case, the
-bodies being reversed in the second experiment, the top one being put
-at the bottom, and _vice versa_. The conclusions arrived at were:--
-
-For minimum (head) resistance a body should have--
-
-1. Its greatest diameter two-fifths of its entire length from its
-head.
-
-2. Its breadth and its depth in the proportion of four to three.
-
-3. Its length at least from five to nine times its greatest breadth
-(nine being better than five).
-
-4. A very tapering form of stern, the actual stern only being of just
-sufficient size to allow of the propeller shaft passing through. In
-the case of twin propellers some slight modification of the stern
-would be necessary.
-
-5. Every portion of the body in contact with the fluid to be made as
-smooth as possible.
-
-6. A body of such shape gives at most only _one-twentieth_ the
-resistance offered by a flat disk of similar maximum sectional area.
-
-_Results since fully confirmed._
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 1.--SHAPE OF LEAST RESISTANCE.]
-
-The design in Fig. 2 is interesting, not only because of its probable
-origin, but because of the shape of the body and arrangement of the
-propellers; no rudder is shown, and the long steel vertical mast
-extending both upwards and downwards through the centre would render
-it suitable only for landing on water.
-
-Sec. 5. In the case of a rubber-driven model, there is no containing body
-part, so to speak, a long thin stick, or tubular construction if
-preferred, being all that is necessary.
-
-The long skein of elastic, vibrating as well as untwisting as it
-travels with the machine through the air, offers some appreciable
-resistance, and several experimenters have _enclosed_ it in a light
-tube made of _very thin_ veneer wood rolled and glued, or paper even
-may be used; such tubes can be made very light, and possess
-considerable rigidity, especially longitudinally. If the model be a
-biplane, then all the upright struts between the two aerofoils should
-be given a shape, a vertical section of which is shown in Fig. 3.
-
-Sec. 6. In considering this question of resistance, the substance of
-which the aerofoil surface is made plays a very important part, as
-well as whether that surface be plane or curved. For some reason not
-altogether easy to determine, fabric-covered planes offer
-_considerably_ more resistance than wooden or metal ones. That they
-should offer _more_ resistance is what common sense would lead one to
-expect, but hardly to the extent met with in actual practice.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 2.--DESIGN FOR AN AEROPLANE MODEL (POWER DRIVEN).
-
-This design is attributed to Professor Langley.]
-
-_Built up fabric-covered aeroplanes[7] gain in lightness, but lose in
-resistance._ In the case of curved surfaces this difference is
-considerably more; one reason, undoubtedly, is that in a built up
-model surface there is nearly always a tendency to make this curvature
-excessive, and much more than it should be. Having called attention to
-this under the head of resistance, we will leave it now to recur to it
-later when considering the aerofoil proper.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 3.--HORIZONTAL SECTION OF VERTICAL STRUT
-(ENLARGED.)]
-
-Sec. 7. Allusion has been made in this chapter to skin friction, but no
-value given for its coefficient.[8] Lanchester's value for planes from
-1/2 to 11/2 sq. ft. in area, moving about 20 to 30 ft. per second, is
-
- 0.009 to 0.015.
-
-Professor Zahm (Washington) gives 0.0026 lb. per sq. ft. at 25 ft. per
-second, and at 37 ft. per second, 0.005, and the formula
-
- _f_ = 0.00000778_l_^{.93}_v_^{1.85}
-
-_f_ being the average friction in lb. per sq. in., _l_ the length in
-feet, and _v_ the velocity in ft. per second. He also experimented
-with various kinds of surfaces, some rough, some smooth, etc.
-
-His conclusion is:--"All even surfaces have approximately the same
-coefficient of skin friction. Uneven surfaces have a greater
-coefficient." All formulae on skin friction must at present be accepted
-with reserve.
-
-Sec. 8. The following three experiments, however, clearly prove its
-_existence_, and _that it has considerable effect_:--
-
-1. A light, hollow celluloid ball, supported on a stream of air
-projected upwards from a jet, rotates in one direction or the other as
-the jet is inclined to the left or to the right. (F.W. Lanchester.)
-
-2. When a golf ball (which is rough) is hit so as to have considerable
-underspin, its range is increased from 135 to 180 yards, due entirely
-to the greater frictional resistance to the air on that side on which
-the whirl and the progressive motion combine. (Prof. Tait.)
-
-3. By means of a (weak) bow a golf ball can be made to move point
-blank to a mark 30 yards off, provided the string be so adjusted as to
-give a good underspin; adjust the string to the centre of the ball,
-instead of catching it below, and the drop will be about 8 ft. (Prof.
-Tait.)
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[6] _Vide_ "Invention," Feb. 15, 22, and 29, 1896.
-
-[7] Really aerofoils, since we are considering only the supporting
-surface.
-
-[8] I.e., to express it as a decimal fraction of the resistance,
-encountered by the same plane when moving "face" instead of "edge" on.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-THE QUESTION OF BALANCE.
-
-
-Sec. 1. It is perfectly obvious for successful flight that any model
-flying machine (in the absence of a pilot) must possess a high degree
-of automatic stability. The model must be so constructed as to be
-naturally stable, _in the medium through which it is proposed to drive
-it_. The last remark is of the greatest importance, as we shall see.
-
-Sec. 2. In connexion with this same question of automatic stability, the
-question must be considered from the theoretical as well as from the
-practical side, and the labours and researches of such men as
-Professors Brian and Chatley, F.W. Lanchester, Captain Ferber,
-Mouillard and others must receive due weight. Their work cannot yet be
-fully assessed, but already results have been arrived at far more
-important than are generally supposed.
-
-The following are a few of the results arrived at from theoretical
-considerations; they cannot be too widely known.
-
-(A) Surfaces concave on the under side are not stable unless some form
-of balancing device (such as a tail, etc.) is used.
-
-(B) If an aeroplane is in equilibrium and moving uniformly, it is
-necessary for stability that it shall tend towards a condition of
-equilibrium.
-
-(C) In the case of "oscillations" it is absolutely necessary for
-stability that these oscillations shall decrease in amplitude, in
-other words, be damped out.
-
-(D) In aeroplanes in which the dihedral angle is excessive or the
-centre of gravity very low down, a dangerous pitching motion is quite
-likely to be set up. [Analogy in shipbuilding--an increase in the
-metacentre height while increasing the stability in a statical sense
-causes the ship to do the same.]
-
-(E) The propeller shaft should pass through the centre of gravity of
-the machine.
-
-(F) The front planes should be at a greater angle of inclination than
-the rear ones.
-
-(G) The longitudinal stability of an aeroplane grows much less when
-the aeroplane commences to rise, a monoplane becoming unstable when
-the angle of ascent is greater than the inclination of the main
-aerofoil to the horizon.
-
-(H) Head resistance increases stability.
-
-(I) Three planes are more stable than two. [Elevator--main
-aerofoil--horizontal rudder behind.]
-
-(J) When an aeroplane is gliding (downwards) stability is greater than
-in horizontal flight.
-
-(K) A large moment of inertia is inimical (opposed) to stability.
-
-(M) Aeroplanes (naturally) stable up to a certain velocity (speed) may
-become unstable when moving beyond that speed. [Possible explanation.
-The motion of the air over the edges of the aerofoil becomes
-turbulent, and the form of the stream lines suddenly changes.
-Aeroplane also probably becomes deformed.]
-
-(N) In a balanced glider for stability a separate surface at a
-negative angle to the line of flight is essential. [Compare F.]
-
-(O) A keel surface should be situated well above and behind the centre
-of gravity.
-
-(P) An aeroplane is a conservative system, and stability is greatest
-when the kinetic energy is a maximum. [Illustration, the pendulum.]
-
-Sec. 3. Referring to A. Models with a plane or flat surface are not
-unstable, and will fly well without a tail; such a machine is called a
-simple monoplane.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 4.--ONE OF MR. BURGE WEBB'S SIMPLE MONOPLANES.
-
-Showing balance weight A (movable), and also his winding-up gear--a
-very handy device.]
-
-
-Sec. 4. Referring to D. Many model builders make this mistake, i.e., the
-mistake of getting as low a centre of gravity as possible under the
-quite erroneous idea that they are thereby increasing the stability of
-the machine. Theoretically the _centre of gravity should be the centre
-of head resistance, as also the centre of pressure_.
-
-In practice some prefer to put the centre of gravity in models
-_slightly_ above the centre of head resistance, the reason being that,
-generally speaking, wind gusts have a "lifting" action on the machine.
-It must be carefully borne in mind, however, that if the centre of
-wind pressure on the aerofoil surface and the centre of gravity do not
-coincide, no matter at what point propulsive action be applied, it can
-be proved by quite elementary mechanics that such an arrangement,
-known as "acentric," produces a couple tending to upset the machine.
-
-This action is the probable cause of many failures.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 5.--THE STRINGFELLOW MODEL MONOPLANE OF 1848.]
-
-Sec. 5. Referring to E. If the propulsive action does not pass through
-the centre of gravity the system again becomes "acentric." Even
-supposing condition D fulfilled, and we arrive at the following most
-important result, viz., that for stability:--
-
-THE CENTRES OF GRAVITY, OF PRESSURE, OF HEAD RESISTANCE, SHOULD BE
-COINCIDENT, AND THE PROPULSIVE ACTION OF THE PROPELLER PASS THROUGH
-THIS SAME POINT.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.--THE STRINGFELLOW MODEL TRIPLANE OF 1868.]
-
-Sec. 6. Referring to F and N--the problem of longitudinal stability.
-There is one absolutely essential feature not mentioned in F or N, and
-that is for automatic longitudinal stability _the two surfaces, the
-aerofoil proper and the balancer_ (elevator or tail, or both), _must
-be separated by some considerable distance, a distance not less than
-four times the width of the main aerofoil_.[9] More is better.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 7. _PENAUD 1871_]
-
-Sec. 7. With one exception (Penaud) early experimenters with model
-aeroplanes had not grasped this all-important fact, and their models
-would not fly, only make a series of jumps, because they failed to
-balance longitudinally. In Stringfellow's and Tatin's models the main
-aerofoil and balancer (tail) are practically contiguous.
-
-Penaud in his rubber-motored models appears to have fully realised
-this (_vide_ Fig. 7), and also the necessity for using long strands of
-rubber. Some of his models flew 150 ft., and showed considerable
-stability.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 8.--TATIN'S AEROPLANE (1879).
-
-Surface 0.7 sq. metres, total weight 1.75 kilogrammes, velocity of
-sustentation 8 metres a second. Motor, compressed air (for description
-see Sec. 23, ch. iv). Revolved round and round a track tethered to a post
-at the centre. In one of its jumps it cleared the head of a
-spectator.]
-
-With three surfaces one would set the elevator at a slight plus angle,
-main aerofoil horizontal (neither positive nor negative), and the tail
-at a corresponding negative angle to the positive one of the elevator.
-
-Referring to O.[10] One would naturally be inclined to put a keel
-surface--or, in other words, vertical fins--beneath the centre of
-gravity, but D shows us this may have the opposite effect to what we
-might expect.
-
-In full-sized machines, those in which the distance between the main
-aerofoil and balancers is considerable (like the Farman) show
-considerable automatic longitudinal stability, and those in which it
-is short (like the Wright) are purposely made so with the idea of
-doing away with it, and rendering the machine quicker and more
-sensitive to personal control. In the case of the Stringfellow and
-Tatin models we have the extreme case--practically the bird entirely
-volitional and personal--which is the opposite in every way to what we
-desire on a model under no personal or volitional control at all.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 9.--CLARK'S MODEL FLYER.
-
-Main aerofoil set at a slight negative angle. Dihedral angles on both
-aerofoils.]
-
-The theoretical conditions stated in F and N are fully borne out in
-practice.
-
-And since a curved aerofoil even when set at a _slight_ negative
-angle has still considerable powers of sustentation, it is possible to
-give the main aerofoil a slight negative angle and the elevator a
-slight positive one. This fact is of the greatest importance, since it
-enables us to counteract the effect of the travel of the "centre of
-pressure."[11]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 10.--LARGE MODEL MONOPLANE.
-
-Designed and constructed by the author, with vertical fin (no dihedral
-angle). With a larger and more efficient propeller than the one here
-shown some excellent flights were obtained. Constructed of bamboo and
-nainsook. Stayed with steel wire.]
-
-Sec. 8. Referring to I. This, again, is of primary importance in
-longitudinal stability. The Farman machine has three such
-planes--elevator, main aerofoil, tail the Wright originally had _not_,
-but is now being fitted with a tail, and experiments on the
-Short-Wright biplane have quite proved its stabilising efficiency.
-
-The three plane (triple monoplane) in the case of models has been
-tried, but possesses no advantage so far over the double monoplane
-type. The writer has made many experiments with vertical fins, and has
-found the machine very stable, even when the fin or vertical keel is
-placed some distance above the centre of gravity.
-
-Sec. 9. The question of transverse (side to side) stability at once
-brings us to the question of the dihedral angle, practically similar
-in its action to a flat plane with vertical fins.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.--SIR GEORGE CAYLEY'S FLYING MACHINE.
-
-Eight feathers, two corks, a thin rod, a piece of whalebone, and a
-piece of thread.]
-
-Sec. 10. The setting up of the front surface at an angle to the rear, or
-the setting of these at corresponding compensatory angles already
-dealt with, is nothing more nor less than the principle of the
-dihedral angle for longitudinal stability.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.--VARIOUS FORMS OF DIHEDRALS.]
-
-As early as the commencement of last century Sir George Cayley (a
-man more than a hundred years ahead of his times) was the first to
-point out that two planes at a dihedral angle constitute a basis of
-stability. For, on the machine heeling over, the side which is
-required to rise gains resistance by its new position, and that which
-is required to sink loses it.
-
-Sec. 11. The dihedral angle principle may take many forms.
-
-As in Fig. 12 _a_ is a monoplane, the rest biplanes. The angles and
-curves are somewhat exaggerated. It is quite a mistake to make the
-angle excessive, the "lift" being thereby diminished. A few degrees
-should suffice.
-
-Whilst it is evident enough that transverse stability is promoted by
-making the sustaining surface trough-shaped, it is not so evident what
-form of cross section is the most efficient for sustentation and
-equilibrium combined.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 13.]
-
-It is evident that the righting moment of a unit of surface of an
-aeroplane is greater at the outer edge than elsewhere, owing to the
-greater lever arm.
-
-Sec. 12. The "upturned tip" dihedral certainly appears to have the
-advantage.
-
-_The outer edges of the aerofoil then should be turned upward for the
-purpose of transverse stability, while the inner surface should remain
-flat or concave for greater support._
-
-Sec. 13. The exact most favourable outline of transverse section for
-stability, steadiness and buoyancy has not yet been found; but the
-writer has found the section given in Fig. 13, a very efficient one.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[9] If the width be not uniform the mean width should be taken.
-
-[10] This refers, of course, to transverse stability.
-
-[11] See ch. vi.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-THE MOTIVE POWER.
-
-
-SECTION I.--RUBBER MOTORS.
-
-Sec. 1. Some forty years have elapsed since Penaud first used elastic
-(rubber) for model aeroplanes, and during that time no better
-substitute (in spite of innumerable experiments) has been found. Nor
-for the smaller and lighter class of models is there any likelihood of
-rubber being displaced. Such being the case, a brief account of some
-experiments on this substance as a motive power for the same may not
-be without interest. The word _elastic_ (in science) denotes: _the
-tendency which a body has when distorted to return to its original
-shape_. Glass and ivory (within certain limits) are two of the most
-elastic bodies known. But the limits within which most bodies can be
-distorted (twisted or stretched, or both) without either fracture or a
-LARGE _permanent_ alteration of shape is very small. Not so rubber--it
-far surpasses in this respect even steel springs.
-
-Sec. 2. Let us take a piece of elastic (rubber) cord, and stretch it with
-known weights and observe carefully what happens. We shall find that,
-first of all: _the extension is proportional to the weight
-suspended_--but soon we have an _increasing_ increase of extension. In
-one experiment made by the writer, when the weights were removed the
-rubber cord remained 1/8 of an inch longer, and at the end of an hour
-recovered itself to the extent of 1/16, remaining finally permanently
-1/16 of an inch longer. Length of elastic cord used in this experiment
-8-1/8 inches, 3/16 of an inch thick. Suspended weights, 1 oz. up to 64
-oz. Extension from 1/4 inch up to 24-5/8 inches. Graph drawn in Fig.
-14, No. B abscissae extension in eighths of an inch, ordinates weights
-in ounces. So long as the graph is a straight line it shows the
-extension is proportional to the suspended weight; afterwards in
-excess.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 14.--WEIGHT AND EXTENSION.
-
-B, rubber 3/16 in. thick; C, 2/16 in. thick; D, 1/16 in. thick. A,
-theoretical line if extension were proportional to weight.]
-
-In this experiment we have been able to stretch (distort) a piece of
-rubber to more than three times its original length, and afterwards it
-finally returns to almost its original length: not only so, a piece of
-rubber cord can be stretched to eight or nine times its original
-length without fracture. Herein lies its supreme advantage over steel
-or other springs. Weight for weight more energy can be got or more
-work be done by stretched (or twisted, or, to speak more correctly, by
-stretched-twisted) rubber cord than from any form of steel spring.[12]
-It is true it is stretched--twisted--far beyond what is called the
-"elastic limit," and its efficiency falls off, but with care not
-nearly so quickly as is commonly supposed, but in spite of this and
-other drawbacks its advantages far more than counterbalance these.
-
-Sec. 3. Experimenting with cords of varying thickness we find that: _the
-extension is inversely proportional to the thickness_. If we leave a
-weight hanging on a piece of rubber cord (stretched, of course, beyond
-its "elastic limit") we find that: _the cord continues to elongate as
-long as the weight is left on_. For example: a 1 lb. weight hung on a
-piece of rubber cord, 8-1/8 inches long and 1/8 of an inch thick,
-stretched it--at first--61/4 inches; after two minutes this had
-increased to 6-5/8 (3/8 of an inch more). One hour later 1/8 of an
-inch more, and sixteen hours later 1/8 of an inch more, i.e. a sixteen
-hours' hang produced an additional extension of 3/4 of an inch. On a
-thinner cord (half the thickness) same weight produced _an additional
-extension_ (_after_ 14 _hours_) _of _10-3/8 _in_.
-
-N.B.--An elastic cord or spring balance should never have a weight
-left permanently on it--or be subjected to a distorting force for a
-longer time than necessary, or it will take a "permanent set," and not
-return to even approximately its original length or form.
-
-In a rubber cord the extension is _directly proportional to the
-length_ as well as _inversely proportional to the thickness and to the
-weight suspended_--true only within the limits of elasticity.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 15.--EXTENSION AND INCREASE IN VOLUME.]
-
-Sec. 4. =When a Rubber Cord is stretched there is an Increase of
-Volume.=--On stretching a piece of rubber cord to _twice_ its
-original (natural) length, we should perhaps expect to find that the
-string would only be _half_ as thick, as would be the case if the
-volume remained the same. Performing the experiment, and measuring the
-cord as accurately as possible with a micrometer, measuring to the
-one-thousandth of an inch, we at once perceive that this is not the
-case, being about _two-thirds_ of its former volume.
-
-Sec. 5. In the case of rubber cord used for a motive power on model
-aeroplanes, the rubber is _both_ twisted and stretched, but chiefly
-the latter.
-
-Thirty-six strands of rubber, weight about 56 grammes, at 150 turns
-give a torque of 4 oz. on a 5-in. arm, but an end thrust, or end pull,
-of about 31/2 lb. (Ball bearings, or some such device, can be used to
-obviate this end thrust when desirable.) A series of experiments
-undertaken by the writer on the torque produced by twisted rubber
-strands, varying in number, length, etc., and afterwards carefully
-plotted out in graph form, have led to some very interesting and
-instructive results. Ball bearings were used, and the torque, measured
-in eighths of an ounce, was taken (in each case) from an arm 5 in. in
-length.
-
-The following are the principal results arrived at. For graphs, see
-Fig. 16.
-
-Sec. 6. A. Increasing the number of (rubber) strands by _one-half_
-(length and thickness of rubber remaining constant) increases the
-torque (unwinding tendency) _twofold_, i.e., doubles the motive power.
-
-B. _Doubling_ the number of strands increases the torque _more than
-three times_--about 3-1/3 times, 3 times up to 100 turns, 31/2 times
-from 100 to 250 turns.
-
-C. _Trebling_ the number of strands increases the torque at least
-_seven times_.
-
-The increased _size_ of the coils, and thereby _increased_ extension,
-explains this result. As we increase the number of strands, the
-_number_ of twists or turns that can be given it becomes less.
-
-D. _Doubling_ the number of strands (length, etc., remaining
-constant) _diminishes_ the number of turns by _one-third to
-one-half_. (In few strands one-third, in 30 and over one-half.)
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 16.--TORQUE GRAPHS OF RUBBER MOTORS.
-
- Abscissae = Turns. Ordinates = Torque measured in 1/16 of an oz.
- Length of arm, 5 in.
-
- A. 38 strands of new rubber, 2 ft. 6 in. long; 58 grammes weight.
- B. 36 strands, 2 ft. 6 in. long; end thrust at 150 turns, 31/2 lb.
- C. 32 strands, 2 ft. 6 in. long.
- D. 24 " " "
- E. 18 " " " weight 28 grammes.
- F. 12 " 1 ft. 3 in. long
- G. 12 " 2 ft. 6 in. long.]
-
-E. If we halve the length of the rubber strands, keeping the _number_
-of strands the same, the torque is but slightly increased for the
-first 100 turns; at 240 turns it is double. But the greater number of
-turns--in ratio of about 2:1--that can be given the longer strand much
-more than compensates for this.
-
-F. No arrangement of the strands, _per se_, gets more energy (more
-motive power) out of them than any other, but there are special
-reasons for making the strands--
-
-G. As long and as few in number as possible.
-
-1. More turns can be given it.
-
-2. It gives a far more even torque. Twelve strands 2 ft. 6 in. long
-give practically a line of small constant angle. Thirty-six strands
-same length a much steeper angle, with considerable variations.
-
-A very good result, which the writer has verified in practice, paying
-due regard to _both_ propeller and motor, is to make--
-
-H. _The length of the rubber strands twice[13] in feet the number of
-the strands in inches_,[14] e.g., if the number of strands is 12 their
-length should be 2 ft., if 18, 3 ft., and so on.
-
-Sec. 7. Experiments with 32 to 38 strands 2 ft. 6 in. long give a torque
-curve almost precisely similar to that obtained from experiments made
-with flat spiral steel springs, similar to those used in watches and
-clocks; and, as we know, the torque given by such springs is very
-uneven, and has to be equalised by use of a fusee, or some such
-device. In the case of such springs it must not be forgotten that the
-turning moment (unwinding tendency) is NOT proportional to the amount
-of winding up, this being true only in the "balance" springs of
-watches, etc., where _both_ ends of the spring are rigidly fastened.
-
-In the case of SPRING MOTORS.[15]
-
-I. The turning moment (unwinding tendency) is proportional to the
-difference between the angle of winding and yielding, proportional to
-the moment of inertia of its section, i.e., to the breadth and the
-cube of its thickness, also proportional to the modulus of elasticity
-of the substance used, and inversely proportional to the length of the
-strip.
-
-Sec. 8. Referring back to A, B, C, there are one or two practical
-deductions which should be carefully noted.
-
-Supposing we have a model with one propeller and 36 strands of
-elastic. If we decide to fit it with twin screws, then, other reasons
-apart, we shall require two sets of strands of more than 18 in number
-each to have the same motive power (27 if the same torque be
-required).[16] This is an important point, and one not to be lost
-sight of when thinking of using two propellers.
-
-Experiments on--
-
-Sec.9. =The Number of Revolutions= (turns) =that can be given to Rubber
-Motors= led to interesting results, e.g., the number of turns to
-produce a double knot in the cord from end to end were, in the case of
-rubber, one yard long:--
-
- No. of Strands. No. of Turns. No. of Strands. No. of Turns.
- 4 440 16 200
- 8 310 28 170
- 12 250
-
-It will be at once noticed that the greater the number of rubber
-strands used in a given length, the fewer turns will it stand in
-proportion. For instance, 8 strands double knot at 310, and 4 at 440
-(and not at 620), 16 at 200, and 8 at 310 (and not 400), and so on.
-The reason, of course, is the more the strands the greater the
-distance they have to travel round themselves.
-
-Sec. 10. =The Maximum Number of Turns.=--As to the maximum number of
-permissible turns, rubber has rupture stress of 330 lb. per sq. in.,
-_but a very high permissible stress_, as much as 80 per cent. The
-resilience (power of recovery after distortion) in tension of rubber
-is in considerable excess of any other substance, silk being the only
-other substance which at all approaches it in this respect, the ratio
-being about 11 : 9. The resilience of steel spiral spring is very
-slight in comparison.
-
-A rubber motor in which the double knot is not exceeded by more than
-100 turns (rubber one yard in length) should last a good time. When
-trying for a record flight, using new elastic, as many as even 500 or
-600 or even more turns have been given in the case of 32-36 strands a
-yard in length; but such a severe strain soon spoils the rubber.
-
-Sec. 11. =On the Use of "Lubricants."=--One of the drawbacks to rubber is
-that if it be excessively strained it soon begins to break up. One of
-the chief causes of this is that the strands stick together--they
-should always be carefully separated, if necessary, after a
-flight--and an undue strain is thereby cast on certain parts. Apart
-also from this the various strands are not subject to the same
-tension. It has been suggested that if some means could be devised to
-prevent this, and allow the strands to slip over one another, a
-considerable increase of power might result. It must, however, be
-carefully borne in mind that anything of an oily or greasy nature has
-an injurious effect on the rubber, and must be avoided at all costs.
-Benzol, petroleum, ether, volatile oils, turpentine, chloroform,
-naphtha, vaseline, soap, and all kinds of oil must be carefully
-avoided, as they soften the rubber, and reduce it more or less to the
-consistence of a sticky mass. The only oil which is said to have no
-action on rubber, or practically none, is castor oil; all the same, I
-do not advise its use as a lubricant.
-
-There are three only which we need consider:--
-
- 1. Soda and water.
- 2. French chalk.
- 3. Pure redistilled glycerine.
-
-The first is perfectly satisfactory when freshly applied, but soon
-dries up and evaporates.
-
-The second falls off; and unless the chalk be of the softest kind,
-free from all grit and hard particles, it will soon do more harm than
-good.
-
-The third, glycerine, is for ordinary purposes by far the best, and
-has a beneficial rather than a deleterious effect on the rubber; but
-it must be _pure_. The redistilled kind, free from all traces of
-arsenic, grease, etc., is the only kind permissible. It does not
-evaporate, and a few drops, comparatively speaking, will lubricate
-fifty or sixty yards of rubber.
-
-Being of a sticky or tacky nature it naturally gathers up dust and
-particles of dirt in course of time. To prevent these grinding into
-the rubber, wash it from time to time in warm soda, and warm and apply
-fresh glycerine when required.
-
-Glycerine, unlike vaseline (a product of petroleum), is not a grease;
-it is formed from fats by a process known as _saponification_, or
-treatment of the oil with caustic alkali, which decomposes the
-compound, forming an alkaline stearate (soap), and liberating the
-glycerine which remains in solution when the soap is separated by
-throwing in common salt. In order to obtain pure glycerine, the fat
-can be decomposed by lead oxide, the glycerine remaining in solution,
-and the lead soap or plaster being precipitated.
-
-By using glycerine as a lubricant the number of turns that can be
-given a rubber motor is greatly increased, and the coils slip over one
-another freely and easily, and prevent the throwing of undue strain on
-some particular portion, and absolutely prevent the strands from
-sticking together.
-
-Sec. 12. =The Action of Copper upon Rubber.=--Copper, whether in the form
-of the metal, the oxides, or the soluble salts, has a marked injurious
-action upon rubber.
-
-In the case of metallic copper this action has been attributed to
-oxidation induced by the dissolved oxygen in the copper. In working
-drawings for model aeroplanes I have noticed designs in which the
-hooks on which the rubber strands were to be stretched were made of
-_copper_. In no case should the strands be placed upon bare metal. I
-always cover mine with a piece of valve tubing, which can easily be
-renewed from time to time.
-
-Sec. 12A. =The Action of Water, etc., on Rubber.=--Rubber is quite
-insoluble in water; but it must not be forgotten that it will absorb
-about 25 per cent. into its pores after soaking for some time.
-
-Ether, chloroform, carbon-tetrachloride, turpentine, carbon
-bi-sulphide, petroleum spirit, benzene and its homologues found in
-coal-tar naphtha, dissolve rubber readily. Alcohol is absorbed by
-rubber, but is not a solvent of it.
-
-Sec. 12B. =How to Preserve Rubber.=--In the first place, in order that it
-shall be _possible_ to preserve and keep rubber in the best condition
-of efficiency, it is absolutely essential that the rubber shall be,
-when obtained, fresh and of the best kind. Only the best Para rubber
-should be bought; to obtain it fresh it should be got in as large
-quantities as possible direct from a manufacturer or reliable rubber
-shop. The composition of the best Para rubber is as follows:--Carbon,
-87.46 per cent.; hydrogen, 12.00 per cent.; oxygen and ash, 0.54 per
-cent.
-
-In order to increase its elasticity the pure rubber has to be
-vulcanised before being made into the sheet some sixty or eighty yards
-in length, from which the rubber threads are cut; after vulcanization
-the substance consists of rubber plus about 3 per cent. of sulphur.
-Now, unfortunately, the presence of the sulphur makes the rubber more
-prone to atmospheric oxidation. Vulcanized rubber, compared to pure
-rubber, has then but a limited life. It is to this process of
-oxidation that the more or less rapid deterioration of rubber is due.
-
-To preserve rubber it should be kept from the sun's rays, or, indeed,
-any actinic rays, in a cool, airy place, and subjected to as even a
-temperature as possible. Great extremes of temperature have a very
-injurious effect on rubber, and it should be washed from time to time
-in warm soda water. It should be subjected to no tension or
-compression.
-
-Deteriorated rubber is absolutely useless for model aeroplanes.
-
-Sec. 13. =To Test Rubber.=--Good elastic thread composed of pure Para
-rubber and sulphur should, if properly made, stretch to seven times
-its length, and then return to its original length. It should also
-possess a stretching limit at least ten times its original length.
-
-As already stated, the threads or strands are cut from sheets; these
-threads can now be cut fifty to the inch. For rubber motors a very
-great deal so far as length of life depends on the accuracy and skill
-with which the strands are cut. When examined under a microscope (not
-too powerful) the strands having the least ragged edge, i.e., the best
-cut, are to be preferred.
-
-Sec. 14. =The Section--Strip or Ribbon versus Square.=--In section the
-square and not the ribbon or strip should be used. The edge of the
-strip I have always found more ragged under the microscope than the
-square. I have also found it less efficient. Theoretically no doubt a
-round section would be best, but none such (in small sizes) is on the
-market. Models have been fitted with a tubular section, but such
-should on no account be used.
-
-Sec. 15. =Size of the Section.=--One-sixteenth or one-twelfth is the best
-size for ordinary models; personally, I prefer the thinner. If more
-than a certain number of strands are required to provide the necessary
-power, a larger size should be used. It is not easy to say _what_ this
-number is, but fifty may probably be taken as an outside limit.
-Remember the size increases by area section; twice the _sectional_
-height and breadth means four times the rubber.
-
-Sec. 16. =Geared Rubber Motors.=--It is quite a mistake to suppose that
-any advantage can be obtained by using a four to one gearing, say; all
-that you do obtain is one-fourth of the power minus the increased
-friction, minus the added weight. This presumes, of course, you make
-no alteration in your rubber strands.
-
-Gearing such as this means _short_ rubber strands, and such are not to
-be desired; in any case, there is the difficulty of increased friction
-and added weight to overcome. It is true by splitting up your rubber
-motor into two sets of strands instead of one you can obtain more
-turns, but, as we have seen, you must increase the number of strands
-to get the same thrust, and you have this to counteract any advantage
-you gain as well as added weight and friction.
-
-Sec. 17. The writer has tried endless experiments with all kinds of
-geared rubber motors, and the only one worth a moment's consideration
-is the following, viz., one in which two gear wheels--same size,
-weight, and number of teeth--are made use of, the propeller being
-attached to the axle of one of them, and the same number of strands
-are used on each axle. The success or non-success of this motor
-depends entirely on the method used in its construction. At first
-sight it may appear that no great skill is required in the
-construction of such a simple piece of apparatus. No greater mistake
-could be made. It is absolutely necessary that _the friction and
-weight be reduced to a minimum_, and the strength be a maximum. The
-torque of the rubber strands on so short an arm is very great.
-
-Ordinary light brass cogwheels will not stand the strain.
-
-A. The cogwheels should be of steel[17] and accurately cut of diameter
-sufficient to separate the two strands the requisite distance, _but no
-more_.
-
-B. The weight must be a minimum. This is best attained by using solid
-wheels, and lightening by drilling and turning.
-
-C. The friction must be a minimum. Use the lightest ball bearings
-obtainable (these weigh only 0.3 gramme), adjust the wheels so that
-they run with the greatest freedom, but see that the teeth overlap
-sufficiently to stand the strain and slight variations in direction
-without fear of slipping. Shallow teeth are useless.
-
-D. Use vaseline on the cogs to make them run as easily as possible.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 17.--GEARED RUBBER MOTOR.
-
-Designed and constructed by the writer. For description of the model,
-etc., see Appendix.]
-
-E. The material of the containing framework must be of maximum
-strength and minimum lightness. Construct it of minimum size, box
-shaped, use the thinnest tin (really tinned sheet-iron) procurable,
-and lighten by drilling holes, not too large, all over it. Do not use
-aluminium or magnalium. Steel, could it be procured thin enough, would
-be better still.
-
-F. Use steel pianoforte wire for the spindles, and hooks for the
-rubber strands, using as thin wire as will stand the strain.
-
-Unless these directions are carefully carried out no advantage will be
-gained--the writer speaks from experience. The requisite number of
-rubber strands to give the best result must be determined by
-experiment.
-
-Sec. 18. One advantage in using such a motor as this is that the two
-equal strands untwisting in opposite directions have a decided
-steadying effect on the model, similar almost to the case in which two
-propellers are used.
-
-The "best" model flights that the writer has achieved have been
-obtained with a motor of this description.[18]
-
-In the case of twin screws two such gearings can be used, and the
-rubber split up into four strands. The containing framework in this
-case can be simply light pieces of tubing let into the wooden
-framework, or very light iron pieces fastened thereto.
-
-Do not attempt to split up the rubber into more than two strands to
-each propeller.
-
-
-SECTION II.--OTHER FORMS OF MOTORS.
-
-Sec. 18A. =Spring Motors.=--This question has already been dealt with
-more or less whilst dealing with rubber motors, and the superiority of
-the latter over the former pointed out. Rubber has a much greater
-superiority over steel or other springs, because in stretch-twisted
-rubber far more energy can be stored up weight for weight. One pound
-weight of elastic can be made to store up some 320 ft.-lb. of energy,
-and steel only some 65 lb. And in addition to this there is the
-question of gearing, involving extra weight and friction; that is, if
-flat steel springs similar to those used in clockwork mechanism be
-made use of, as is generally the case. The only instance in which such
-springs are of use is for the purpose of studying the effects of
-different distributions of weight on the model, and its effect on the
-balance of the machine; but effects such as this can be brought about
-without a change of motor.
-
-Sec. 18B. A more efficient form of spring motor, doing away with gearing
-troubles, is to use a long spiral spring (as long as the rubber
-strands) made of medium-sized piano wire, similar in principle to
-those used in some roller-blinds, but longer and of thinner steel.
-
-The writer has experimented with such, as well as scores of other
-forms of spring motors, but none can compare with rubber.
-
-The long spiral form of steel spring is, however, much the best.
-
-Sec. 18C. =Compressed Air Motors.=--This is a very fascinating form of
-motor, on paper, and appears at first sight the ideal form. It is so
-easy to write: "Its weight is negligible, and it can be provided free
-of cost; all that is necessary is to work a bicycle pump for as many
-minutes as the motor is desired to run. This stored-up energy can be
-contained in a mere tube, of aluminium or magnalium, forming the
-central rib of the machine, and the engine mechanism necessary for
-conveying this stored-up energy to the revolving propeller need weigh
-only a few ounces." Another writer recommends "a pressure of 300 lb."
-
-Sec. 18D. A pneumatic drill generally works at about 80 lb. pressure,
-and when developing 1 horse-power, uses about 55 cubic ft. of free air
-per minute. Now if we apply this to a model aeroplane of average size,
-taking a reservoir 3 ft. long by 11/2 in. internal diameter, made of
-magnalium, say--steel would, of course, be much better--the weight of
-which would certainly not be less than 4 oz., we find that at 80 lb.
-pressure such a motor would use
-
- 55/Horse Power (H.P.)
-
-cub. ft. per minute.
-
-Now 80 lb. is about 51/2 atmospheres, and the cubical contents of the
-above motor some 63 cub. in. The time during which such a model would
-fly depends on the H.P. necessary for flight; but a fair allowance
-gives a flight of from 10 to 30 sec. I take 80 lb. pressure as a fair
-practical limit.
-
-Sec. 18E. The pressure in a motor-car tyre runs from 40 to 80 lb.,
-usually about 70 lb. Now 260 strokes are required with an ordinary
-inflator to obtain so low a pressure as 70 lb., and it is no easy job,
-as those who have done it know.
-
-Sec. 19. Prior to 1893 Mr. Hargraves (of cellular kite fame) studied the
-question of compressed-air motors for model flying machines. His motor
-was described as a marvel of simplicity and lightness, its cylinder
-was made like a common tin can, the cylinder covers cut from sheet tin
-and pressed to shape, the piston and junk rings of ebonite.
-
-One of his receivers was 23-3/8 in. long, and 5.5 in. diameter, of
-aluminium plate 0.2 in. thick, 3/8 in. by 1/8 in. riveting strips were
-insufficient to make tight joints; it weighed 26 oz., and at 80 lb.
-water pressure one of the ends blew out, the fracture occurring at the
-bend of the flange, and not along the line of rivets. The receiver
-which was successful being apparently a tin-iron one; steel tubing was
-not to be had at that date in Sydney. With a receiver of this
-character, and the engine referred to above, a flight of 343 ft. was
-obtained, this flight being the best. (The models constructed by him
-were not on the aeroplane, but ornithoptere, or wing-flapping
-principle.) The time of flight was 23 _seconds_, with 541/2 double
-vibrations of the engines. The efficiency of this motor was estimated
-to be 29 per cent.
-
-Sec. 20. By using compressed air, and heating it in its passage to the
-cylinder, far greater efficiency can be obtained. Steel cylinders can
-be obtained containing air under the enormous pressure of 120
-atmospheres.[19] This is practically liquid air. A 20-ft. cylinder
-weighs empty 23 lb. The smaller the cylinder the less the
-proportionate pressure that it will stand; and supposing a small steel
-cylinder, produced of suitable form and weight, and capable of
-withstanding with safety a pressure of from 300 to 600 lb. per sq.
-in., or from 20 to 40 atmospheres. The most economical way of working
-would be to admit the air from the reservoir directly to the motor
-cylinders; but this would mean a very great range in the initial
-working pressure, entailing not-to-be-thought-of weight in the form of
-multi-cylinder compound engines, variable expansion gear, etc.
-
-Sec. 21. This means relinquishing the advantages of the high initial
-pressure, and the passing of the air through a reducing valve, whereby
-a constant pressure, say, of 90 to 150, according to circumstances,
-could be maintained. By a variation in the ratio of expansion the air
-could be worked down to, say, 30 lb.
-
-The initial loss entailed by the use of a reducing valve may be in a
-great measure restored by heating the air before using it in the motor
-cylinders; by heating it to a temperature of only 320 deg.F., by means of
-a suitable burner, the volume of air is increased by one half, the
-consumption being reduced in the same proportion; the consumption of
-air used in this way being 24 lb. per indicated horse-power per hour.
-But this means extra weight in the form of fuel and burners, and what
-we gain in one way we lose in another. It is, of course, desirable
-that the motor should work at as low a pressure as possible, since as
-the store of air is used up the pressure in the reservoir falls, until
-it reaches a limit below which it cannot usefully be employed. The air
-then remaining is dead and useless, adding only to the weight of the
-aeroplane.
-
-Sec. 22. From calculations made by the writer the _entire_ weight of a
-compressed-air model motor plant would be at least _one-third_ the
-weight of the aeroplane, and on a small scale probably one-half, and
-cannot therefore hold comparison with the _steam engine_ discussed in
-the next paragraph. In concluding these remarks on compressed-air
-motors, I do not wish to dissuade anyone from trying this form of
-motor; but they must not embark on experiments with the idea that
-anything useful or anything superior to results obtained with
-infinitely less expense by means of rubber can be brought to pass with
-a bicycle pump, a bit of magnalium tube, and 60 lb. pressure.
-
-Sec. 22A. In Tatin's air-compressed motor the reservoir weighed 700
-grammes, and had a capacity of 8 litres. It was tested to withstand a
-pressure of 20 atmospheres, but was worked only up to seven. The
-little engine attached thereto weighed 300 grammes, and developed a
-motive power of 2 kilogram-metres per second (_see_ ch. iii.).
-
-Sec. 23. =Steam-Driven Motors.=--Several successful steam-engined model
-aeroplanes have been constructed, the most famous being those of
-Professor Langley.
-
-Having constructed over 30 modifications of rubber-driven models, and
-experimented with compressed air, carbonic-acid gas, electricity, and
-other methods of obtaining energy, he finally settled upon the steam
-engine (the petrol motor was not available at that time, 1893). After
-many months' work it was found that the weight could not be reduced
-below 40 lb., whilst the engine would only develop 1/2 H.P., and
-finally the model was condemned. A second apparatus to be worked by
-compressed air was tried, but the power proved insufficient. Then came
-another with a carbonic-acid gas engine. Then others with various
-applications of electricity and gas, etc., but the steam engine was
-found most suitable; yet it seemed to become more and more doubtful
-whether it could ever be made sufficiently light, and whether the
-desired end could be attained at all. The chief obstacle proved not to
-be with the engines, which were made surprisingly light after
-sufficient experiment. _The great difficulty was to make a boiler of
-almost no weight which would give steam enough._
-
-Sec. 24. At last a satisfactory boiler and engine were produced.
-
-The engine was of 1 to 11/2 H.P., total weight (including moving
-parts) 26 oz. The cylinders, two in number, had each a diameter of
-11/4 in., and piston stroke 2 in.
-
-The boiler, with its firegrate, weighed a little over 5 lb. It
-consisted of a continuous helix of copper tubing, 3/8 in. external
-diameter, the diameter of the coil being 3 in. altogether. Through the
-centre of this was driven the blast from an "AElopile," a modification
-of the naphtha blow-torch used by plumbers, the flame of which is
-about 2000 deg. F.[20] The pressure of steam issuing into the engines
-varied from 100 to 150 lb. per sq. in.; 4 lb. weight of water and
-about 10 oz. of naphtha could be carried. The boiler evaporated 1 lb.
-of water per minute.
-
-The twin propellers, 39 in. in diam., pitch 11/4, revolved from 800
-to 1000 a minute. The entire aeroplane was 15 ft. in length, the
-aerofoils from tip to tip about 14 ft., and the total weight slightly
-less than 30 lb., of which _one-fourth was contained in the
-machinery_. Its flight was a little over half a mile in length, and of
-11/2 minutes' duration. Another model flew for about three-quarters
-of a mile, at a rate of about 30 miles an hour.
-
-It will be noted that engine, generator, etc., work out at about 7 lb.
-per H.P. Considerable advance has been made in the construction of
-light and powerful model steam engines since Langley's time, chiefly
-in connexion with model hydroplanes, and a pressure of from 500 to 600
-lb. per sq. in. has been employed; the steam turbine has been brought
-to a high state of perfection, and it is now possible to make a model
-De Laval turbine of considerable power weighing almost next to
-nothing,[21] the real trouble, in fact the only one, being the steam
-generator. An economization of weight means a waste of steam, of which
-models can easily spend their only weight in five minutes.
-
-Sec. 25. One way to economize without increased weight in the shape of a
-condenser is to use spirit (methylated spirit, for instance) for both
-fuel and boiler, and cause the exhaust from the engines to be ejected
-on to the burning spirit, where it itself serves as fuel. By using
-spirit, or some very volatile hydrocarbon, instead of water, we have a
-further advantage from the fact that such vaporize at a much lower
-temperature than water.
-
-Sec. 26. When experimenting with an engine of the turbine type we must
-use a propeller of small diameter and pitch, owing to the very high
-velocity at which such engines run.
-
-Anyone, however, who is not an expert on such matters would do well to
-leave such motors alone, as the very highest technical skill, combined
-with many preliminary disappointments and trials, are sure to be
-encountered before success is attained.
-
-Sec. 27. And the smaller the model the more difficult the problem--halve
-your aeroplane, and your difficulties increase anything from fourfold
-to tenfold.
-
-The boiler would in any case be of the flash type of either copper or
-steel tubing (the former for safety), with a magnalium container for
-the spirit, and a working pressure of from 150 to 200 lb. per sq. in.
-Anything less than this would not be worth consideration.
-
-Sec. 28. Some ten months after Professor Langley's successful model
-flights (1896), experiments were made in France at Carquenez, near
-Toulon. The total weight of the model aeroplane in this case was 70
-lb.; the engine power a little more than 1 H.P. Twin screws were
-used--_one in front and one behind_. The maximum velocity obtained was
-40 miles per hour; but the length of run only 154 yards, and duration
-of flight only a few seconds. This result compares very poorly with
-Langley's distance (of best flight), nearly one mile, duration 1 min.
-45 sec. The maximum velocity was greater--30 to 40 miles per hour. The
-total breadth of this large model was rather more than 6 metres, and
-the surface a little more than 8 sq. metres.
-
-Sec. 29. =Petrol Motors.=--Here it would appear at first thought is the
-true solution of the problem of the model aeroplane motor. Such a
-motor has solved the problem of aerial locomotion, as the steam engine
-solved that of terrestrial and marine travel, both full sized and
-model; and if in the case of full sized machines, then why not models.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 18.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL IN FULL FLIGHT.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 19.--MR. STANGER'S PETROL-DRIVEN MODEL AEROPLANE.
-
-(_Illustrations by permission from electros supplied by the "Aero."_)]
-
-Sec. 30. The exact size of the smallest _working_ model steam engine that
-has been made I do not know,[22] but it is or could be surprisingly
-small; not so the petrol motor--not one, that is, that would _work_.
-The number of petrol motor-driven model aeroplanes that have actually
-flown is very small. Personally I only know of one, viz., Mr. D.
-Stanger's, exhibited at the aero exhibition at the Agricultural Hall
-in 1908.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 20.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL PETROL ENGINE.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 21.--MR. STANGER'S MODEL PETROL ENGINE.]
-
- In Fig. 21 the motor is in position on the aeroplane. Note
- small carburettor. In Fig. 20 an idea of the size of engine may
- be gathered by comparing it with the ordinary sparking-plug
- seen by the side, whilst to the left of this is one of the
- special plugs used on this motor. (_Illustrations by permission
- from electros supplied by the "Aero."_)
-
-Sec. 31. The following are the chief particulars of this interesting
-machine:--The engine is a four-cylinder one, and weighs (complete with
-double carburetter and petrol tank) 51/2 lb., and develops 11/4 H.P.
-at 1300 revolutions per minute.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 22.--ONE-CYLINDER PETROL MOTOR.
-
-(_Electro from Messrs. A.W. Gamage's Aviation Catalogue._)]
-
-The propeller, 29 in. in diam. and 36 in. in pitch, gives a static
-thrust of about 7 lb. The machine has a spread of 8 ft. 2 in., and is
-6 ft. 10 in. in length. Total weight 21 lb. Rises from the ground when
-a speed of about 16 miles an hour is attained. A clockwork
-arrangement automatically stops the engine. The engine air-cooled. The
-cylinder of steel, cast-iron heads, aluminium crank-case, double float
-feed carburetter, ignition by single coil and distributor. The
-aeroplane being 7 ft. 6 in. long, and having a span 8 ft.
-
-Sec. 32. =One-cylinder Petrol Motors.=--So far as the writer is aware no
-success has as yet attended the use of a single-cylinder petrol motor
-on a model aeroplane. Undoubtedly the vibration is excessive; but this
-should not be an insuperable difficulty. It is true it is heavier in
-proportion than a two-cylinder one, and not so efficient; and so far
-has not proved successful. The question of vibration on a model
-aeroplane is one of considerable importance. A badly balanced
-propeller even will seriously interfere with and often greatly curtail
-the length of flight.
-
-Sec. 33. =Electric Motors.=--No attempt should on any account be made to
-use electric motors for model aeroplanes. They are altogether too
-heavy, apart even from the accumulator or source of electric energy,
-for the power derivable from them. To take an extreme case, and
-supposing we use a 2-oz. electric motor capable of driving a propeller
-giving a static thrust of 3 oz.,[23] on weighing one of the smallest
-size accumulators without case, etc., I find its weight is 41/2 oz.
-One would, of course, be of no use; at least three would be required,
-and they would require practically short circuiting to give sufficient
-amperage (running them down, that is, in some 10 to 15 seconds). Total
-weight, 1 lb. nearly. Now from a _pound_ weight of rubber one could
-obtain a thrust of _pounds_, not ounces. For scale models not intended
-for actual flight, of course, electric motors have their uses.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[12] Also there is no necessity for gearing.
-
-[13] In his latest models the writer uses strands even three times and
-not twice as long, viz. fourteen strands 43 in. long.
-
-[14] This refers to 1/16 in. square sectioned rubber.
-
-[15] Of uniform breadth and thickness.
-
-[16] In practice I find not quite so high a proportion as this is
-always necessary.
-
-[17] Steel pinion wire is very suitable.
-
-[18] See Appendix.
-
-[19] As high a pressure as 250 atmospheres has been used.
-
-[20] There was a special pump keeping the water circulating rapidly
-through the boiler, the intense heat converting some of it into steam
-as it flowed. The making of this boiler alone consumed months of work;
-the entire machine taking a year to construct, with the best
-mechanical help available.
-
-[21] Model Steam Turbines. "Model Engineer" Series, No. 13, price
-6_d._
-
-[22] See Introduction, note to Sec. 1.
-
-[23] The voltage, etc., is not stated.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-PROPELLERS OR SCREWS.
-
-
-Sec. 1. The design and construction of propellers, more especially the
-former, is without doubt one of the most difficult parts of model
-aeroplaning.
-
-With elastic or spring driven models the problem is more complicated
-than for models driven by petrol or some vaporized form of liquid
-fuel; and less reliable information is to hand. The problem of
-_weight_, unfortunately, is of primary importance.
-
-We will deal with these points in due course; to begin with let us
-take:--
-
-
-THE POSITION OF THE PROPELLER.
-
-In model aeroplanes the propeller is usually situated either in front
-or in the rear of the model; in the former case it is called a TRACTOR
-SCREW, i.e., it pulls instead of pushes.
-
-As to the merits of the two systems with respect to the tractor, there
-is, we know, in the case of models moving through water a distinct
-advantage in placing the propeller behind, and using a pushing or
-propulsive action, on account of the frictional "wake" created behind
-the boat, and which causes the water to flow after the vessel, but at
-a lesser velocity.
-
-In placing the propeller behind, we place it in such a position as to
-act upon and make use of this phenomenon, the effect of the propeller
-being to bring this following wake to rest. Theoretically a boat,
-model or otherwise, can be propelled with less horse-power than it can
-be towed. But with respect to aeroplanes, apart altogether from the
-difference of medium, there is _at present_ a very considerable
-difference of _form_, an aeroplane, model or otherwise, bearing at
-present but little resemblance to the hull of a boat.
-
-Undoubtedly there is a frictional wake in the case of aeroplanes,
-possibly quite as much in proportion as in the case of a boat,
-allowing for difference of medium. Admitting, then, that this wake
-does exist, it follows that a propulsive screw is better than a
-tractor. In a matter of this kind constructional considerations, or
-"ease of launching," and "ability to land without damage," must be
-given due weight.
-
-In the case of model aeroplanes constructional details incline the
-balance neither one way nor the other; but "ease in launching" and
-"ability to land without damage" weigh the balance down most decidedly
-in favour of a driving or propulsive screw.
-
-In the case of full-sized monoplanes constructional details had most
-to do with the use of tractors; but monoplanes are now being built
-with propulsive screws.[24]
-
-In the case of models, not models of full-sized machines, but actual
-model flyers, the writer considers propulsive screws much the
-best.[25]
-
-In no case should the propeller be placed in the centre of the model,
-or in such a position as to _shorten the strands of the elastic
-motor_, if good flights are desired.
-
-In the case of petrol or similar driven models the position of the
-propeller can be safely copied from actual well-recognised and
-successful full-sized machines.
-
-Sec. 2. =The Number of Blades.=--Theoretically the number of blades does
-not enter into consideration. The mass of air dealt with by the
-propeller is represented by a cylinder of indefinite length, whose
-diameter is the same as that of the screw, and the rate at which this
-cylinder is projected to the rear depends theoretically upon the pitch
-and revolutions (per minute, say) of the propeller and not the number
-of blades. Theoretically one blade (helix incomplete) would be
-sufficient, but such a screw would not "balance," and balance is of
-primary importance; the minimum number of blades which can be used is
-therefore _two_.
-
-In marine models three blades are considered best, as giving a better
-balance.
-
-In the case of their aerial prototypes the question of _weight_ has
-again to be considered, and two blades is practically the invariable
-custom.[26] Here, again, constructional considerations again come to
-the fore, and in the case of wooden propellers one of two blades is of
-far more easy construction than one of three.
-
-By increasing the number of blades the "thrust" is, of course, more
-evenly distributed over a larger area, but the weight is considerably
-increased, and in models a greater advantage is gained by keeping down
-the weight than might follow from the use of more blades.
-
-Sec. 3. =Fan versus Propeller.=--It must always be most carefully borne
-in mind that a fan (ventilating) and a propeller are not the same
-thing. Because many blades are found in practice to be efficient in
-the case of the former, it is quite wrong to assume that the same
-conclusion holds in the case of the latter.
-
-By increasing the number of blades the skin friction due to the
-resistance that has to be overcome in rotating the propeller through
-the air is added to.
-
-Moreover a fan is stationary, whilst a propeller is constantly
-_advancing_ as well as _rotating_ through the air.
-
-The action of a fan blower is to move a small quantity of air at a
-high velocity; whereas the action of a propeller is, or should be, to
-move _a large quantity of air at a small velocity_, for the function
-of a screw is to create thrust. Operating on a yielding fluid medium
-this thrust will evidently be in proportion to the mass of fluid
-moved, and also to the velocity at which it is put in motion.
-
-But the power consumed in putting this mass of fluid in motion is
-proportional to the mass and to the _square_ of the velocity at which
-it moves. From this it follows, as stated above, that in order to
-obtain a given thrust with the least loss of power, the mass of fluid
-acted on should be as large as possible, and the velocity imparted to
-it as little as possible.
-
-A fan requires to be so designed as to create a thrust when stationary
-(static thrust), and a propeller whilst moving through the air
-(dynamic thrust).
-
-Sec. 4. =The Function of a Propeller= is to produce dynamic thrust; and
-the great advantage of the use of a propeller as a thrusting or
-propulsive agent is that its surface is always active. It has no
-_dead_ points, and its motion is continuous and not reciprocating, and
-it requires no special machinery or moving parts in its construction
-and operation.
-
-Sec. 5. =The Pitch= of a propeller or screw is the linear distance a
-screw moves, backwards or forwards, in one complete revolution. This
-distance is purely a theoretical one. When, for instance, a screw is
-said to have a pitch of 1 ft., or 12 in., it means that the model
-would advance 1 ft. through the air for each revolution of the screw,
-provided that the propeller blade were mounted in _solid_ guides, like
-a nut on a bolt with one thread per foot. In a yielding fluid such as
-water or air it does not practically advance this distance, and hence
-occurs what is known as--
-
-Sec. 6. =Slip=, which may be defined as the distance which ought to be
-traversed, but which is lost through imperfections in the propelling
-mechanism; or it may be considered as power which should have been
-used in driving the model forward. In the case of a locomotive running
-on dry rails nothing is lost in slip, there being none. In the case of
-a steamer moored and her engines set going, or of an aeroplane held
-back prior to starting, all the power is used in slip, i.e. in putting
-the fluid in motion, and none is used in propulsion.
-
-Supposing the propeller on our model has a pitch of 1 ft., and we give
-the elastic motor 100 turns, theoretically the model should travel 100
-ft. in calm air before the propeller is run down; no propeller yet
-designed will do this. Supposing the actual length 77 ft., 23 per
-cent. has been lost in "slip." For this to be actually correct the
-propeller must stop at the precise instant when the machine comes to
-ground.
-
-Taking "slip" into account, then--
-
-_The speed of the model in feet per minute = pitch (in feet) x
-revolutions per minute -- slip (feet per minute)._
-
-This slip wants to be made small--just how small is not yet known.
-
-If made too small then the propeller will not be so efficient, or, at
-any rate, such is the conclusion come to in marine propulsion, where
-it is found for the most economical results to be obtained that the
-slip should be from 10 to 20 per cent.
-
-In the case of aerial propellers a slip of 25 per cent. is quite good,
-40 per cent. bad; and there are certain reasons for assuming that
-possibly about 15 per cent. may be the best.
-
-Sec. 7. It is true that slip represents energy lost; but some slip is
-essential, because without slip there could be no "thrust," this same
-thrust being derived from the reaction of the volume of air driven
-backwards.
-
-The thrust is equal to--
-
-_Weight of mass of air acted on per second x slip velocity in feet per
-second._
-
-In the case of an aeroplane advancing through the air it might be
-thought that the thrust would be less. Sir Hiram Maxim found, however,
-as the result of his experiments that the thrust with a propeller
-travelling through the air at a velocity of 40 miles an hour was the
-same as when stationary, the r.p.m. remaining constant throughout. The
-explanation is that when travelling the propeller is continually
-advancing on to "undisturbed" air, the "slip" velocity is reduced, but
-the undisturbed air is equivalent to acting upon a greater mass of
-air.
-
-Sec. 8. =Pitch Coefficient or Pitch Ratio.=--If we divide the pitch of a
-screw by its diameter we obtain what is known as pitch coefficient or
-ratio.
-
-The mean value of eighteen pitch coefficients of well-known full-sized
-machines works out at 0.62, which, as it so happens, is exactly the
-same as the case of the Farman machine propeller considered alone,
-this ratio varying from 0.4 to 1.2; in the case of the Wright's
-machine it is (probably) 1. The efficiency of their propeller is
-admitted on all hands. Their propeller is, of course, a slow-speed
-propeller, 450 r.p.m. The one on the Bleriot monoplane (Bleriot XI.)
-pitch ratio 0.4, r.p.m. 1350.
-
-In marine propulsion the pitch ratio is generally 1.3 for a slow-speed
-propeller, decreasing to 0.9 for a high-speed one. In the case of
-rubber-driven model aeroplanes the pitch ratio is often carried much
-higher, even to over 3.
-
-Mr. T.W.K. Clarke recommends a pitch angle of 45 deg., or less, at the
-tips, and a pitch ratio of 3-1/7 (with an angle of 45 deg.). Within limits
-the higher the pitch ratio the better the efficiency. The higher the
-pitch ratio the slower may be the rate of revolution. Now in a rubber
-motor we do not want the rubber to untwist (run out) too quickly; with
-too fine a pitch the propeller "races," or does something remarkably
-like it. It certainly revolves with an abnormally high percentage of
-slip. And for efficiency it is certainly desirable to push this ratio
-to its limit; but there is also the question of the
-
-Sec. 9. =Diameter.=--"The diameter (says Mr. T.W.K. Clarke) should be
-equal to one-quarter the span of the machine."
-
-If we increase the diameter we shall decrease the pitch ratio. From
-experiments which the writer has made he prefers a lower pitch ratio
-and increased diameter, viz. a pitch ratio of 1.5, and a diameter of
-one-third to even one-half the span, or even more.[27] Certainly not
-less than one-third. Some model makers indulge in a large pitch ratio,
-angle, diameter, and blade area as well, but such a course is not to
-be recommended.
-
-Sec. 10. =Theoretical Pitch.=--Theoretically the pitch (from boss to
-tip) should at all points be the same; the boss or centre of the blade
-at right angles to the plane of rotation, and the angle decreasing as
-one approaches the tips. This is obvious when one considers that the
-whole blade has to move forward the same amount. In the diagrams Figs.
-23 and 24 the tip A of the propeller travels a distance = 2 {pi} R every
-revolution. At a point D on the blade, distant _r_ from the centre,
-the distance is 2 {pi} _r_. In both instances the two points must advance
-a distance equal to the pitch, i.e. the distance represented by P O.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 23.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 24.
-
-A O = 2 {pi} R; D O = 2 {pi} _r_.]
-
-A will move along A P, B along B P, and so on. The angles at the
-points A, B, C ... (Fig. 24), showing the angles at which the
-corresponding parts of the blade at A, B, C ... in Fig. 23 must be set
-in order that a uniform pitch may be obtained.
-
-Sec. 11. If the pitch be not uniform then there will be some portions of
-the blade which will drag through the air instead of affording useful
-thrust, and others which will be doing more than they ought, putting
-air in motion which had better be left quiet. This uniform total pitch
-for all parts of the propeller is (as already stated) a decreasing
-rate of pitch from the centre to the edge. With a total pitch of 5
-ft., and a radius of 4 ft., and an angle at the circumference of 6 deg.,
-then the angle of pitch at a point midway between centre and
-circumference should be 12 deg., in order that the total pitch may be the
-same at all parts.
-
-Sec. 12. =To Ascertain the Pitch of a Propeller.=--Take any point on one
-of the blades, and carefully measure the inclination of the blade at
-that point to the plane of rotation.
-
-If the angle so formed be about 19 deg. (19.45),[28] i.e., 1 in 3, and the
-point 5 in. from the centre, then every revolution this point will
-travel a distance
-
- 2 {pi} _r_ = 2 x 22/7 x 5 = 31.34.
-
-Now since the inclination is 1 in 3,[29] the propeller will travel
-forward theoretically one-third of this distance, or
-
- 31.43/3 = 10.48 = 101/2 in. approx.
-
-Similarly any other case may be dealt with. If the propeller have a
-uniform _constant angle_ instead of a uniform pitch, then the pitch
-may be calculated at a point about one-third the length of the blade
-from the tip.
-
-Sec. 13. =Hollow-Faced Blades.=[30]--It must always be carefully borne
-in mind that a propeller is nothing more nor less than a particular
-form of aeroplane specially designed to travel a helical path. It
-should, therefore, be hollow faced and partake of the "stream line"
-form, a condition not fulfilled if the face of the blade be flat--such
-a surface cutting into the air with considerable shock, and by no
-means creating as little undesirable motion in the surrounding medium
-as possible.
-
-It must not be forgotten that a curved face blade has of necessity an
-increasing pitch from the cutting to the trailing edge (considering,
-of course, any particular section). In such a case the pitch is the
-_mean effective pitch_.
-
-Sec. 14. =Blade Area.=--We have already referred to the fact that the
-function of a propeller is to produce dynamic thrust--to drive the
-aeroplane forward by driving the air backwards. At the same time it is
-most desirable for efficiency that the air should be set in motion as
-little as possible, this being so much power wasted; to obtain the
-greatest reaction or thrust the greatest possible volume of air should
-be accelerated to the smallest velocity.
-
-In marine engineering in slow-speed propellers (where cavitation[31]
-does not come in) narrow blades are usually used. In high-speed marine
-propellers (where cavitation is liable to occur) the projected area of
-the blades is sometimes as much as 0.6 of the total disk area. In the
-case of aerial propellers, where cavitation does not occur, or not
-unless the velocity be a very high one (1500 or more a minute), narrow
-blades are the best. Experiments in marine propulsion also show that
-the thrust depends more on the disk area than on the width of the
-blades. All the facts tend to show that for efficiency the blades of
-the propeller should be narrow, in order that the air may not be acted
-on for too long a time, and so put too much in motion, and the blades
-be so separated that one blade does not disturb the molecules of air
-upon which the next following one must act. Both in the case of marine
-and aerial propellers multiplicity of blades (i.e. increased blade
-area) tends to inefficiency of action, apart altogether from the
-question of weight and constructional difficulties. The question of
-increasing pitch in the case of hollow-faced blades, considered in the
-last paragraph, has a very important bearing on the point we are
-considering. To make a wide blade under such circumstances would be to
-soon obtain an excessive angle.
-
-In the case of a flat blade the same result holds, because the air has
-by the contact of its molecules with the "initial minimum width" been
-already accelerated up to its final velocity, and further area is not
-only wasted, but inimical to good flights, being our old bugbear
-"weight in excess."
-
-Requisite strength and stiffness, of course, set a limit on the final
-narrowness of the blades, apart from other considerations.
-
-Sec. 15. The velocity with which the propeller is rotated has also an
-important bearing on this point; but a higher speed than 900 r.p.m.
-does not appear desirable, and even 700 or less is generally
-preferable.[32] In case of twin-screw propellers, with an angle at the
-tips of 40 deg. to 45 deg., as low a velocity of 500 or even less would be
-still better.[33]
-
-Sec. 16. =Shrouding.=--No improvement whatever is obtained by the use of
-any kind of shrouding or ring round the propeller tips, or by
-corrugating the surface of the propeller, or by using cylindrical or
-cone-shaped propeller chamber or any kind of air guide either before
-or after the propeller; allow it to revolve in as free an air-feed as
-possible, the air does not fly off under centrifugal force, but is
-powerfully sucked inwards in a well-designed propeller.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 25.
-
-A TUBE OF AIR.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 26.
-
-A CYLINDER OF AIR.]
-
-Sec. 17. =General Design.=--The propeller should be so constructed as to
-act upon a tube and not a "cylinder" of air. Many flying toys
-(especially the French ones) are constructed with propellers of the
-cylinder type. Ease of manufacture and the contention that those
-portions of the blades adjacent to the boss do little work, and a
-slight saving in weight, are arguments that can be urged in their
-favour. But all the central cut away part offers resistance in the
-line of travel, instead of exerting its proportionate propulsive
-power, and their efficiency is affected by such a practice.
-
-Sec. 18. A good =Shape= for the blades[34] is rectangular with rounded
-corners; the radius of the circle for rounding off the corners may be
-taken as about one-quarter of the width of the blade. The shape is not
-_truly rectangular, for the width of this rectangular at (near) the
-boss should be one-half the width at the tip_.
-
-The thickness should diminish uniformly from the boss to the tip. (In
-models the thickness should be as little as is consistent with
-strength to keep down the weight). _The pitch uniform and large._
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 27.--O T = 1/3 O P.]
-
-Sec. 19. =The Blades, two in number=, and hollow faced--the maximum
-concavity being one-third the distance from the entering to the
-trailing edge; the ratio of A T to O P (the width) being 0.048 or 1 :
-21, these latter considerations being founded on the analogy between a
-propeller and the aerofoil surface. (If the thickness be varied from
-the entering to the trailing edge the greatest thickness should be
-towards the former.) The convex surface of the propeller must be taken
-into account, in fact, it is no less important than the concave, and
-the entire surface must be given a true "stream line" form.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 28.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 29.]
-
-If the entering and trailing edge be not both straight, but one be
-curved as in Fig. 28, then the straight edge must be made the
-_trailing_ edge. And if both be curved as in Fig. 29, then the
-_concave_ edge must be the trailing edge.
-
-Sec. 19. =Propeller Design.=--To design a propeller, proceed as follows.
-Suppose the diameter 14 in. and the pitch three times the diameter,
-i.e. 52 in. (See Fig. 30.)
-
-Take one-quarter scale, say. Draw a centre line A B of convenient
-length, set of half the pitch 52 in. -- 1/4 scale = 51/4 in. = C - D.
-Draw lines through C and D at right angles to C D.
-
-With a radius equal to half the diameter (i.e. in this case 13/4 in.)
-of the propeller, describe a semicircle E B F and complete the
-parallelogram F H G E. Divide the semicircle into a number of equal
-parts; twelve is a convenient number to take, then each division
-subtends an angle of 15 deg. at the centre D.
-
-Divide one of the sides E G into the same number of equal parts
-(twelve) as shown. Through these points draw lines parallel to F E or
-H G.
-
-And through the twelve points of division on the semicircle draw lines
-parallel to F H or E G as shown. The line drawn through the successive
-intersections of these lines is the path of the tip of the blade
-through half a revolution, viz. the line H S O T E.
-
-S O T X gives the angle at the tip of the blades = 44 deg..
-
-Let the shape of the blade be rectangular with rounded corners, and
-let the breadth at the tip be twice that at the boss.
-
-Then the area (neglecting the rounded off corners) is 101/2 sq. in.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 30.--PROPELLER DESIGN.
-
-One quarter scale. Diameter 14 in. Pitch 52 in. Angle at tip 44 deg..]
-
-The area being that of a rectangle 7 in. x 1 in. = 7 sq. in. plus area
-of two triangles, base 1/2 in., height 7 in. Now area of triangle =
-half base x height. Therefore area of both triangles = 1/2 in. x 7
-in. = 31/2 sq. in. Now the area of the disc swept out by the
-propeller is
-
- {pi}/4 x (diam.) squared ({pi} = 22/7)
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 31.--PROPELLER DESIGN.
-
-Scale one-eighth for A B and B C; but sections of blade are
-full-sized.]
-
-And if _d_ A _r_ = the "disc area ratio" we have
-
- (_d_ A _r_) x {pi}/4 x (14) squared = area of blade = 101/2,
-
-whence _d_ A _r_ = 0.07 about.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 32.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 33.]
-
-In Fig. 31 set off A B equal to the pitch of the propeller (42 in.),
-one-eighth scale. Set off B C at right angles to A B and equal to
-
- {pi} x diameter = 22/7 x 14 = 44 in. to scale 51/2 in.
-
-Divide B C into a convenient number of equal parts in the figure; five
-only are taken, D, E, F, G, H; join A D, A E, A F, A G, A H and
-produce them; mark off distances P O, S R, Y T ... equal to the width
-of the blade at these points (H P = H O; G S = G R ...) and sketch in
-the sections of blade as desired. In the figure the greatest concavity
-of the blade is supposed to be one-third the distances P O, S R ...
-from PS.... The concavity is somewhat exaggerated. The angles A H B, A
-G B, A F B ... represent the pitch angle at the points H, G, F ... of
-the blade.
-
-Similarly any other design may be dealt with; in a propeller of 14 in.
-diameter the diameter of the "boss" should not be more than 10/16 in.
-
-Sec. 20. =Experiments with Propellers.=--The propeller design shown in
-Figs. 32 and 33, due to Mr. G. de Havilland,[35] is one very suitable
-for experimental purposes. A single tube passing through a T-shaped
-boss forms the arms. On the back of the metal blade are riveted four
-metallic clips; these clips being tightened round the arm by
-countersunk screws in the face of the blade.
-
-The tube and clips, etc., are all contained with the back covering of
-the blade, as shown in Fig. 35, if desired, the blade then practically
-resembling a wooden propeller. The construction, it will be noticed,
-allows of the blade being set at any angle, constant or otherwise;
-also the pitch can be constant or variable as desired, and any "shape"
-of propeller can be fitted.
-
-The advantage of being able to _twist_ the blade (within limits) on
-the axis is one not to be underestimated in experimental work.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 34.--THE AUTHOR'S PROPELLER TESTING APPARATUS.]
-
-With a view to ascertain some practical and reliable data with respect
-to the _dynamic_, or actual thrust given when moving through free air
-at the velocity of actual travel, the author experimented with the
-apparatus illustrated in Figs. 34 and 35, which is so simple and
-obvious as to require scarcely any explanation.
-
-The wires were of steel, length not quite 150 ft., fitted with wire
-strainers for equalising tension, and absolutely free from "kinks."
-As shown most plainly in Fig. 35, there were two parallel wires
-sufficiently far apart for the action of one propeller not to affect
-the other. Calling these two wires A and B, and two propellers _x_ and
-_y_, then _x_ is first tried on A and _y_ on B. Results carefully
-noted.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 35.--PROPELLER TESTING.
-
-Showing distance separating the two wires.]
-
-Then _x_ is tried on B and _y_ on A, and the results again carefully
-noted. If the results confirm one another, the power used in both
-cases being the same, well and good; if not, adjustments, etc., are
-made in the apparatus until satisfactory results are obtained. This
-was done when the propellers "raced" one against the other. At other
-times one wire only was made use of, and the time and distance
-traversed was noted in each case. Propellers were driven through
-smoke, and with silk threads tied to a light framework slightly larger
-than their disc area circumference. Results of great interest were
-arrived at. These results have been assumed in much that has been said
-in the foregoing paragraphs.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 36.--ONE GROUP OF PROPELLERS TESTED BY THE AUTHOR.]
-
-Briefly put, these results showed:--
-
-1. The inefficiency of a propeller of the fan blower or of the static
-thrust type.
-
-2. The advantage of using propellers having hollow-faced blades and
-large diameter.
-
-3. That diameter was more useful than blade area, i.e. given a certain
-quantity (weight) of wood, make a long thin blade and not a shorter
-one of more blade area--blade area, i.e., as proportionate to its
-corresponding disc area.
-
-4. That the propeller surface should be of true stream-line form.
-
-5. That it should act on a cylinder and not tubes of air.
-
-6. That a correctly designed and proportioned propeller was just as
-efficacious in a small size of 9 in. to 28 in. as a full-sized
-propeller on a full-sized machine.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 37.--AN EFFICIENT PROPELLER, BUT RATHER HEAVY.
-
-Ball bearings, old and new. Note difference in sizes and weights.
-Propeller, 14 in. diam.; weight 36 grammes.]
-
-A propeller of the static-thrust type was, of course, "first off,"
-sometimes 10 ft. or 12 ft. ahead, or even more; but the correctly
-designed propeller gradually gathered up speed and acceleration, just
-as the other fell off and lost it, and finally the "dynamic" finished
-along its corresponding wire far ahead of the "static," sometimes
-twice as far, sometimes six times. "Freak" propellers were simply not
-in it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 38.--"VENNA" PROPELLER.
-
-A 20 per cent. more efficient propeller than that shown in Fig. 41; 14
-per cent. lighter; 6 per cent. better in dynamic thrust--14 in. diam.;
-weight 31 grammes.]
-
-Metal propellers of constant angle, as well as wooden ones of uniform
-(constant) pitch, were tested; the former gave good results, but not
-so good as the latter.
-
-The best angle of pitch (at the tip) was found to be from 20 deg. to 30 deg..
-
-In all cases when the slip was as low as 25 per cent., or even
-somewhat less, nearly 20 per cent., a distinct "back current" of air
-was given out by the screw. This "slip stream," as it is caused, is
-absolutely necessary for efficiency.
-
-Sec. 21. =Fabric-covered= screws did not give very efficient results; the
-only point in their use on model aeroplanes is their extreme
-lightness. Two such propellers of 6 in. diameter can be made to weigh
-less than 1/5 oz. the pair; but wooden propellers (built-up principle)
-have been made 5 in. diameter and 1/12 oz. in weight.
-
-Sec. 22. Further experiments were made with twin screws mounted on model
-aeroplanes. In one case two propellers, both turning in the _same_
-direction, were mounted (without any compensatory adjustment for
-torque) on a model, total weight 11/2 lb. Diameter of each propeller
-14 in.; angle of blade at tip 25 deg.. The result was several good
-flights--the model (_see_ Fig. 49c) was slightly unsteady across the
-wind, that was all.
-
-In another experiment two propellers of same diameter, pitch, etc.,
-but of shape similar to those shown in Figs. 28 and 29, were tried as
-twin propellers on the same machine. The rubber motors were of equal
-weight and strength.
-
-The model described circled to the right or left according to the
-position of the curved-shaped propeller, whether on the left or right
-hand, thereby showing its superiority in dynamic thrust. Various
-alterations were made, but always with the same result. These
-experiments have since been confirmed, and there seems no doubt that
-the double-curved shaped blade _is_ superior. (See Fig. 39.)
-
-Sec. 23. =The Fleming-Williams Propeller.=--A chapter on propellers would
-scarcely be complete without a reference to the propeller used on a
-machine claiming a record of over a quarter of a mile. This form of
-propeller, shown in the group in Fig. 36 (top right hand), was found
-by the writer to be extremely deficient in dynamic thrust, giving the
-worst result of any shown there.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 39.--CURVED DOUBLE PROPELLER.
-
-The most efficient type yet tested by the writer, when the blade is
-made hollow-faced. When given to the writer to test it was flat-faced
-on one side.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 40.--THE FLEMING-WILLIAMS MODEL.]
-
-It possesses large blade area, large pitch angle--more than 45 deg. at the
-tip--and large diameter. These do not combine to propeller efficiency
-or to efficient dynamic thrust; but they do, of course, combine to
-give the propeller a very slow rotational velocity. Provided they give
-_sufficient_ thrust to cause the model to move through the air at a
-velocity capable of sustaining it, a long flight may result, not
-really owing to true efficiency on the part of the propellers,[36] but
-owing to the check placed on their revolutions per minute by their
-abnormal pitch angle, etc. The amount of rubber used is very great for
-a 10 oz. model, namely, 34 strands of 1/16 in. square rubber to each
-propeller, i.e. 68 strands in all.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 41.--THE SAME IN FLIGHT.
-
-(_Reproduced by permission from "The Aero."_)]
-
-On the score of efficiency, when it is desired to make a limited
-number of turns give the longest flight (which is the problem one
-always has to face when using a rubber motor) it is better to make use
-of an abnormal diameter, say, more than half the span, and using a tip
-pitch angle of 25 deg., than to make use of an abnormal tip pitch 45 deg. and
-more, and large blade area. In a large pitch angle so much energy is
-wasted, not in dynamic thrust, but in transverse upsetting torque. On
-no propeller out of dozens and dozens that I have tested have I ever
-found a tip-pitch of more than 35 deg. give a good dynamic thrust; and for
-length of flight velocity due to dynamic thrust must be given due
-weight, as well as the duration of running down of the rubber motor.
-
-Sec. 24. Of built up or carved out and twisted wooden propellers, the
-former give the better result; the latter have an advantage, however,
-in sometimes weighing less.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[24] _Note._--Since the above was written some really remarkable
-flights have been obtained with a 1 oz. model having two screws, one
-in front and the other behind. Equally good flights have also been
-obtained with the two propellers behind, one revolving in the
-immediate rear of the other. Flying, of course, with the wind,
-_weight_ is of paramount importance in these little models, and in
-both these cases the "single stick" can be made use of. _See also_ ch.
-iv., Sec. 28.
-
-[25] _See also_ ch. viii., Sec. 5.
-
-[26] Save in case of some models with fabric-covered propellers. Some
-dirigibles are now being fitted with four-bladed wooden screws.
-
-[27] Vide Appendix.
-
-[28] Vide Equivalent Inclinations--Table of.
-
-[29] One in 3 or 0.333 is the _sine_ of the angle; similarly if the
-angle were 30 deg. the sine would be 0.5 or 1/2, and the theoretical
-distance travelled one-half.
-
-[30] _Flat-Faced Blades._--If the blade be not hollow-faced--and we
-consider the screw as an inclined plane and apply the Duchemin formula
-to it--the velocity remaining the same, the angle of maximum thrust is
-351/4 deg.. Experiments made with such screws confirm this.
-
-[31] Cavitation is when the high speed of the screw causes it to carry
-round a certain amount of the medium with it, so that the blades
-strike no undisturbed, or "solid," air at all, with a proportionate
-decrease in thrust.
-
-[32] In the Wright machine r.p.m. = 450; in Bleriot XI. r.p.m. = 1350.
-
-[33] Such propellers, however, require a considerable amount of
-rubber.
-
-[34] But _see also_ Sec. 22.
-
-[35] "Flight," March 10, 1910. (Illustration reproduced by
-permission.)
-
-[36] According to the author's views on the subject.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-THE QUESTION OF SUSTENTATION THE CENTRE OF PRESSURE.
-
-
-Sec. 1. Passing on now to the study of an aeroplane actually in the air,
-there are two forces acting on it, the upward lift due to the air
-(i.e. to the movement of the aeroplane supposed to be continually
-advancing on to fresh, undisturbed _virgin_ air), and the force due to
-the weight acting vertically downwards. We can consider the resultant
-of all the upward sustaining forces as acting at a single point--that
-point is called the "Centre of Pressure."
-
-Suppose A B a vertical section of a flat aerofoil, inclined at a small
-angle _a_ to the horizon C, the point of application of the resultant
-upward 'lift,' D the point through which the weight acts vertically
-downwards. Omitting for the moment the action of propulsion, if these
-two forces balance there will be equilibrium; but to do this they must
-pass through the same point, but as the angle of inclination varies,
-so does the centre of pressure, and some means must be employed
-whereby if C and D coincide at a certain angle the aeroplane will come
-back to the correct angle of balance if the latter be altered.
-
-In a model the means must be automatic. Automatic stability depends
-for its action upon the movement of the centre of pressure when the
-angle of incidence varies. When the angle of incidence increases the
-centre of pressure moves backwards towards the rear of the aerofoil,
-and vice versa.
-
-Let us take the case when steady flight is in progress and C and D are
-coincident, suppose the velocity of the wind suddenly to
-increase--increased lifting effect is at once the result, and the fore
-part of the machine rises, i.e. the angle of incidence increases and
-the centre of pressure moves back to some point in the rear of C D.
-The weight is now clearly trying to pull the nose of the aeroplane
-down, and the "lift" tending to raise the tail. The result being an
-alteration of the angle of incidence, or angle of attack as it is
-called, until it resumes its original position of equilibrium. A drop
-in the wind causes exactly an opposite effect.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 42.]
-
-Sec. 2. The danger lies in "oscillations" being set up in the line of
-flight due to changes in the position of the centre of pressure. Hence
-the device of an elevator or horizontal tail for the purpose of
-damping out such oscillations.
-
-Sec. 3. But the aerofoil surface is not flat, owing to the increased
-"lift" given by arched surfaces, and a much more complicated set of
-phenomena then takes place, the centre of pressure moving forward
-until a certain critical angle of incidence is reached, and after
-this a reversal takes place, the centre of pressure then actually
-moving backwards.
-
-The problem then consists in ascertaining the most efficient aerocurve
-to give the greatest "lift" with the least "drift," and, having found
-it, to investigate again experimentally the movements of the centre of
-pressure at varying angles, and especially to determine at what angle
-(about) this "reversal" takes place.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 43.]
-
-Sec. 4. Natural automatic stability (the only one possible so far as
-models are concerned) necessitates permanent or a permanently
-recurring coincidence (to coin a phrase) of the centre of gravity and
-the centre of pressure: the former is, of course, totally unaffected
-by the vagaries of the latter, any shifting of which produces a couple
-tending to destroy equilibrium.
-
-Sec. 5. As to the best form of camber (for full sized machine) possibly
-more is known on this point than on any other in the whole of
-aeronautics.
-
-In Figs. 44 and 45 are given two very efficient forms of cambered
-surfaces for models.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 44.--AN EFFICIENT FORM OF CAMBER.
-
- B D Maximum Altitude. A C Chord.
- Ratio of B D: A C :: 1:17. A D 1/3 of A C.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 45.--ANOTHER EFFICIENT FORM.
-
-Ratio of B D to A C 1 to 17. AD rather more than 1/4 of A C.]
-
-The next question, after having decided the question of aerocurve, or
-curvature of the planes, is at what angle to set the cambered surface
-to the line of flight. This brings us to the question of the--
-
-Sec. 6. =Dipping Front Edge.=--The leading or front edge is not
-tangential to the line of flight, but to a relative upward wind. It is
-what is known as the "cyclic up-current," which exists in the
-neighbourhood of the entering edge. Now, as we have stated before, it
-is of paramount importance that the aerofoil should receive the air
-with as little shock as possible, and since this up-current does
-really exist to do this, it must travel through the air with a dipping
-front edge. The "relative wind" (the only one with which we are
-concerned) _is_ thereby met tangentially, and as it moves onward
-through the air the cambered surface (or aerocurve) gradually
-transforms this upward trend into a downward wake, and since by
-Newton's law, "Action and reaction are equal and opposite," we have
-an equal and opposite upward reaction.
-
-We now know that the top (or convex side) of the cambered surface is
-practically almost as important as the underneath or concave side in
-bringing this result about.
-
-The exact amount of "dipping edge," and the exact angle at which the
-chord of the aerocurve, or cambered surface, should be set to the line
-of flight--whether at a positive angle, at no angle, or at a negative
-angle--is one best determined by experiment on the model in question.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 46.]
-
-But _if at any angle, that angle either way should be a very small
-one_. If you wish to be very scientific you can give the underside of
-the front edge a negative angle of 5 deg. to 7 deg. for about one-eighth of
-the total length of the section, after that a positive angle,
-gradually increasing until you finally finish up at the trailing edge
-with one of 4 deg.. Also, the form of cambered surface should be a
-paraboloid--not arc or arc of circles. The writer does not recommend
-such an angle, but prefers an attitude similar to that adopted in the
-Wright machine, as in Fig. 47.
-
-Sec. 7. Apart from the attitude of the aerocurve: _the greatest depth of
-the camber should be at one-third of the length of the section from
-the front edge, and the total depth measured from the top surface to
-the chord at this point should not be more than one-seventeenth of the
-length of section_.
-
-Sec. 8. It is the greatest mistake in model aeroplanes to make the camber
-otherwise than very slight (in the case of surfaced aerofoils the
-resistance is much increased), and aerofoils with anything but a _very
-slight_ arch are liable to be very unstable, for the aerocurve has
-always a decided tendency to "follow its own curve."
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 47.--ATTITUDE OF WRIGHT MACHINE.]
-
-The nature of the aerocurve, its area, the angle of inclination of its
-chord to the line of flight, its altitude, etc., are not the only
-important matters one must consider in the case of the aerofoil, we
-must also consider--
-
-Sec. 9. Its =Aspect Ratio=, i.e. the ratio of the span (length) of the
-aerofoil to the chord--usually expressed by span/chord. In the Farman
-machine this ratio is 5.4; Bleriot, 4.3; Short, 6 to 7.5; Roe
-triplane, 7.5; a Clark flyer, 9.6.
-
-Now the higher the aspect ratio the greater should be the efficiency.
-Air escaping by the sides represents loss, and the length of the sides
-should be kept short. A broader aerofoil means a steeper angle of
-inclination, less stability, unnecessary waste of power, and is
-totally unsuited for a model--to say nothing of a full-sized machine.
-
-In models this aspect ratio may with advantage be given a higher value
-than in full-sized machines, where it is well known a practical safe
-constructional limit is reached long before theory suggests the
-limit. The difficulty consists in constructing models having a very
-high aspect ratio, and yet possessing sufficient strength and
-lightness for successful flight. It is in such a case as this where
-the skill and ingenuity of the designer and builder come in.
-
-It is this very question of aspect ratio which has given us the
-monoplane, the biplane, and the triplane. A biplane has a higher
-aspect ratio than a monoplane, and a triplane (see above) a higher
-ratio still.
-
-It will be noticed the Clark model given has a considerably higher
-aspect ratio, viz. 9.6. And even this can be exceeded.
-
-_An aspect ratio of_ 10:1 _or even_ 12:1 _should be used if
-possible._[37]
-
-Sec. 10. =Constant or Varying Camber.=--Some model makers vary the camber
-of their aerofoils, making them almost flat in some parts, with
-considerable camber in others; the tendency in some cases being to
-flatten the central portions of the aerofoil, and with increasing
-camber towards the tips. In others the opposite is done. The writer
-has made a number of experiments on this subject, but cannot say he
-has arrived at any very decisive results, save that the camber should
-in all cases be (as stated before) very slight, and so far as his
-experiments do show anything, they incline towards the further
-flattening of the camber in the end portions of the aerofoil. It must
-not be forgotten that a flat-surfaced aerofoil, constructed as it is
-of more or less elastic materials, assumes a natural camber, more or
-less, when driven horizontally through the air. Reference has been
-made to a reversal of the--
-
-Sec. 11. =Centre of Pressure on Arched Surfaces.=--Wilbur Wright in his
-explanation of this reversal says: "This phenomenon is due to the fact
-that at small angles the wind strikes the forward part of the aerofoil
-surface on the upper side instead of the lower, and thus this part
-altogether ceases to lift, instead of being the most effective part of
-all." The whole question hangs on the value of the critical angle at
-which this reversal takes place; some experiments made by Mr. M.B.
-Sellers in 1906 (published in "Flight," May 14, 1910) place this angle
-between 16 deg. and 20 deg.. This angle is much above that used in model
-aeroplanes, as well as in actual full-sized machines. But the
-equilibrium of the model might be upset, not by a change of attitude
-on its part, but on that of the wind, or both combined. By giving (as
-already advised) the aerofoil a high aspect ratio we limit the travel
-of the centre of pressure, for a high aspect ratio means, as we have
-seen, a short chord; and this is an additional reason for making the
-aspect ratio as high as practically possible. The question is, is the
-critical angle really as high as Mr. Seller's experiments would show.
-Further experiments are much needed.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[37] Nevertheless some models with a very low aspect ratio make good
-flyers, owing to their extreme lightness.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-MATERIALS FOR AEROPLANE CONSTRUCTION.
-
-
-Sec. 1. The choice of materials for model aeroplane construction is more
-or less limited, if the best results are to be obtained. The lightness
-absolutely essential to success necessitates--in addition to skilful
-building and best disposition of the materials--materials of no undue
-weight relative to their strength, of great elasticity, and especially
-of great resilience (capacity to absorb shock without injury).
-
-Sec. 2. =Bamboo.=--Bamboo has per pound weight a greater resilience than
-any other suitable substance (silk and rubber are obviously useless as
-parts of the _framework_ of an aeroplane). On full-sized machines the
-difficulty of making sufficiently strong connections and a liability
-to split, in the larger sizes, are sufficient reasons for its not
-being made more use of; but it makes an almost ideal material for
-model construction. The best part to use (split out from the
-centrepiece) is the strip of tough wood immediately below the hard
-glazed surface. For struts, spars, and ribs it can be used in this
-manner, and for the long strut supporting the rubber motor an entire
-tube piece should be used of the requisite strength required; for an
-ordinary rubber motor (one yard long), 30 to 50 strands, this should
-be a piece 3/8 in. in diameter, and weight about 5/8 oz. per ft.
-_Bamboo may be bent_ by either the "dry" heat from a spirit lamp or
-stove, or it may be steamed, the latter for preference, as there is
-no danger of "scorching" the fibres on the inside of the bend. When
-bent (as in the case of other woods) it should be bound on to a
-"former" having a somewhat greater curvature than the curve required,
-because when cool and dry it will be sure to "go back" slightly. It
-must be left on the former till quite dry. When bending the "tube"
-entire, and not split portions thereof, it should be immersed in very
-hot, or even boiling, water for some time before steaming. The really
-successful bending of the tube _en bloc_ requires considerable
-patience and care.
-
-Bamboo is inclined to split at the ends, and some care is required in
-making "joints." The ribs can be attached to the spars by lashing them
-to thin T strips of light metal, such as aluminium. Thin thread, or
-silk, is preferable to very thin wire for lashing purpose, as the
-latter "gives" too much, and cuts into the fibres of the wood as well.
-
-Sec. 3. =Ash=, =Spruce=, =Whitewood= are woods that are also much used by
-model makers. Many prefer the last named owing to its uniform freedom
-from knots and ease with which it can be worked. It is stated 15 per
-cent. additional strength can be imparted by using hot size and
-allowing it to soak into the wood at an increase only of 3.7 per cent.
-of weight. It is less than half the weight of bamboo, but has a
-transverse rupture of only 7,900 lb. per sq. in. compared to 22,500 in
-the case of bamboo tubing (thickness one-eighth diameter) and a
-resilience per lb. weight of slightly more than one half. Some model
-makers advocate the use of =poplar= owing to its extreme lightness
-(about the same as whitewood), but its strength is less in the ratio
-of about 4:3; its resilience is very slightly more. It must be
-remembered that wood of the same kind can differ much as to its
-strength, etc., owing to what part of the tree it may have been cut
-from, the manner in which it may have been seasoned, etc. For model
-aeroplanes all wood used should have been at least a year in
-seasoning, and should be so treated when in the structure that it
-cannot absorb moisture.
-
-If we take the resilience of ash as 1, then (according to Haswell)
-relative resilience of beech is 0.86, and spruce 0.64.
-
-The strongest of woods has a weight when well seasoned of about 40 lb.
-per cub. ft. and a tenacity of about 10,000 lb. per sq. in.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 47A.--"AEROPLANE ALMA."
-
-A very effective French Toy Monoplane.]
-
-Sec. 4. =Steel.=--Ash has a transverse rupture of 14,300 lb. per sq. in.,
-steel tubing (thickness = 1/30 its diameter) 100,000 lb. per sq. in.
-Ash weighs per cub. ft. 47 lb., steel 490. Steel being more than ten
-times as heavy as ash--but a transverse rupture stress seven times as
-high.
-
-Bamboo in tube form, thickness one-third of diameter, has a
-transverse rupture of 22,500 lb. per sq. in., and a weight of 55 lb.
-per cub. ft.
-
-Steel then is nine times as heavy as bamboo--and has a transverse
-rupture stress 4.4 times as great. In comparing these three substances
-it must be carefully borne in mind that lightness and strength are not
-the only things that have to be provided for in model aeroplane
-building; there is the question of _resistance_--we must offer as
-small a cross-section to moving through the air as possible.
-
-Now while ash or bamboo and certain other timbers may carry a higher
-load per unit of weight than steel, they will present about three to
-three and a half times the cross-section, and this produces a serious
-obstacle, while otherwise meeting certain requirements that are most
-desirable. Steel tubing of sufficiently small bore is not, so far as
-the writer knows, yet on the market in England. In France very thin
-steel tubes are made of round, oval, hexagon, etc., shape, and of
-accurate thickness throughout, the price being about 18s. a lb.
-
-Although suitable steel tubing is not yet procurable under ordinary
-circumstances, umbrella steel is.
-
-Sec. 5. =Umbrella Section Steel= is a section 5/32 in. by 1/8 in. deep, 6
-ft. long weighing 2.1 oz., and a section 3/32 in. across the base by
-1/8 in. deep, 6 ft. long weighing 1.95 oz.
-
-It is often stated that umbrella ribs are too heavy--but this entirely
-depends on the length you make use of, in lengths of 25 in. for small
-aerofoils made from such lengths it is so; but in lengths of 48 in.
-(two such lengths joined together) the writer has used it with great
-success; often making use of it now in his larger models; the
-particular size used by him weighs 131/2 grammes, to a length of 25
-in. He has never had one of these aerofoils break or become
-kinked--thin piano wire is used to stay them and also for spars when
-employed--the front and ends of the aerofoil are of umbrella steel,
-the trailing edge of steel wire, comparatively thin, kept taut by
-steel wire stays.
-
-Sec. 6. =Steel Wire.=--Tensile strength about 300,000 lb. per sq. in. For
-the aerofoil framework of small models and for all purposes of
-staying, or where a very strong and light tension is required, this
-substance is invaluable. Also for framework of light fabric covered
-propellers as well as for skids and shock absorber--also for hooks to
-hold the rubber motor strands, etc. No model is complete without it in
-some form or another.
-
-Sec. 7. =Silk.=--This again is a _sine qua non_. Silk is the strongest of
-all organic substances for certain parts of aeroplane construction. It
-has, in its best form, a specific gravity of 1.3, and is three times
-as strong as linen, and twice as strong in the thread as hemp. Its
-finest fibres have a section of from 0.0010 to 0.0015 in diameter. It
-will sustain about 35,000 lb. per sq. in. of its cross section; and
-its suspended fibre should carry about 150,000 ft. of its own
-material. This is six times the same figure for aluminium, and equals
-about 75,000 lb. steel tenacity, and 50 more than is obtained with
-steel in the form of watch springs or wire. For aerofoil surface no
-substance can compare with it. But it must be used in the form of an
-"oiled" or specially treated silk. Several such are on the market.
-Hart's "fabric" and "radium" silk are perhaps the best known. Silk
-weighs 62 lb. per cub. ft., steel has, we have seen, 490 lb., thus
-paying due regard to this and to its very high tensile strength it is
-superior to even steel wire stays.
-
-Sec. 8. =Aluminium and Magnalium.=--Two substances about which a great
-deal has been heard in connection with model aeroplaning; but the
-writer does not recommend their use save in the case of fittings for
-scale models, not actual flyers, unless especially light ones meant
-to fly with the wind. Neither can compare with steel. Steel, it is
-true, is three times as heavy as aluminium, but it has four or five
-times its strength; and whereas aluminium and magnalium may with
-safety be given a permissible breaking strength of 60 per cent. and 80
-per cent. respectively, steel can easily be given 80 per cent. Being
-also less in section, resistance to air travel is again less as in the
-case of wood. In fact, steel scores all round. Weight of magnalium :
-weight of aluminium :: 8:9.
-
-Sec. 9. =Alloys.=--During recent years scores, hundreds, possibly
-thousands of different alloys have been tried and experimented on, but
-steel still easily holds its own. It is no use a substance being
-lighter than another volume for volume, it must be _lighter and
-stronger weight for weight_, to be superior for aeronautical purpose,
-and if the difference be but slight, question of _bulk_ may decide it
-as offering _less resistance_.
-
-Sec. 10. =Sheet Ebonite.=--This substance is sometimes useful for
-experiments with small propellers, for it can be bent and moulded in
-hot water, and when cold sets and keeps its shape. _Vulcanized fibre_
-can be used for same purpose. _Sheet celluloid_ can be used in the
-same way, but in time it becomes brittle and shrinks. _Mica_ should be
-avoided. _Jointless cane_ in various sizes is a very useful
-material--the main aerofoil can be built of it, and it is useful for
-skids, and might be made more use of than it is.[38] _Three ply wood_,
-from 1/50 in. in thickness, is now on the market. Four or five ply
-wood can also be obtained. To those desiring to build models having
-wooden aerofoils such woods offer the advantage of great strength and
-extreme lightness.
-
-Referring to Table V. (Timber) at the end of the book, apparently the
-most suitable wood is Lombardy poplar; but its light weight means
-increased bulk, i.e. additional air resistance. Honduras mahogany is
-really a better all-round wood, and beech is not far behind.
-
-Resilience is an important factor. Ash heads the list; but mahogany's
-factor is also good, and in other respects superior.
-
-Lombardy poplar ought to be a very good wood for propellers, owing to
-its lightness and the ease with which it can be worked.
-
-_Hollow reeds_, and even _porcupine quills_, have been pressed into
-the service of the model maker, and owing to their great strength and
-extreme lightness, more especially the latter, are not without their
-uses.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[38] The chief advantage of cane--its want of stiffness, or facility
-in bending--is for some parts of the machine its chief disadvantage,
-where stiffness with resilience is most required.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-HINTS ON THE BUILDING OF MODEL AEROPLANES.
-
-
-Sec. 1. The chief difficulty in the designing and building of model
-aeroplanes is to successfully combat the conflicting interests
-contained therein. Weight gives stability, but requires extra
-supporting surface or a higher speed, i.e. more power, i.e. more
-weight. Inefficiency in one part has a terrible manner of repeating
-itself; for instance, suppose the aerofoil surface inefficient--badly
-designed--this means more resistance; more resistance means more
-power, i.e. weight, i.e. more surface, and so on _ad infinitum_.
-
-It is because of circumstances like the above that it is so difficult
-to _design_ really good and efficient flying models; the actual
-building of them is not so difficult, but few tools are required, none
-that are expensive or difficult to use.
-
-In the making of any particular model there are special points that
-require special attention; but there are certain general rules and
-features which if not adhered to and carefully carried out, or as
-carefully avoided, will cause endless trouble and failure.
-
-Sec. 2. In constructing a model aeroplane, or, indeed, any piece of
-aerial apparatus, it is very important not to interrupt the continuity
-of any rib, tube, spar, etc., by drilling holes or making too thinned
-down holding places; if such be done, additional strength by binding
-(with thread, not wire), or by slipping a small piece of slightly
-larger tube over the other, must be imparted to the apparatus.
-
-Sec. 3. Begin by making a simple monoplane, and afterwards as you gain
-skill and experience proceed to construct more elaborate and
-scientific models.
-
-Sec. 4. Learn to solder--if you do not know how to--it is absolutely
-essential.
-
-Sec. 5. Do not construct models (intended for actual flight) with a
-tractor screw-main plane in front and tail (behind). Avoid them as you
-would the plague. Allusion has already been made in the Introduction
-to the difficulty of getting the centre of gravity sufficiently
-forward in the case of Bleriot models; again with the main aerofoil in
-front, it is this aerofoil and not the balancing elevator, or tail,
-that _first_ encounters the upsetting gust, and the effect of such a
-gust acting first on the larger surface is often more than the
-balancer can rectify in time to avert disaster. The proper place for
-the propeller is behind, in the wake of the machine. If the screw be
-in front the backwash from it strikes the machine and has a decidedly
-retarding action. It is often contended that it drives the air at an
-increased velocity under (and over) the main aerofoil, and so gives a
-greater lifting effect. But for proper lifting effect which it can
-turn without effort into air columns of proper stream line form what
-the aerofoil requires is undisturbed air--not propeller backwash.
-
-The rear of the model is the proper place for the propeller, in the
-centre of greatest air disturbance; in such a position it will recover
-a portion of the energy lost in imparting a forward movement to the
-air, caused by the resistance, the model generally running in such
-air--the slip of the screw is reduced to a corresponding degree--may
-even vanish altogether, and what is known as negative slip occur.
-
-Sec. 6. Wooden or metal aerofoils are more efficient than fabric covered
-ones. But they are only satisfactory in the smaller sizes, owing, for
-one thing, to the smash with which they come to the ground. This being
-due to the high speed necessary to sustain their weight. For
-larger-sized models fabric covered aerofoils should be used.
-
-Sec. 7. As to the shape of such, only three need be considered--the (_a_)
-rectangular, (_b_) the elongated ellipse, (_c_) the chamfered rear
-edge.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 48.--(_a_), (_b_), (_c_).]
-
-Sec. 8. The stretching of the fabric on the aerofoil framework requires
-considerable care, especially when using silk. It is quite possible,
-even in models of 3 ft. to 4 ft. spread, to do without "ribs," and
-still obtain a fairly correct aerocurve, if the material be stretched
-on in a certain way. It consists in getting a correct longitudinal and
-transverse tension. We will illustrate it by a simple case. Take a
-piece of thickish steel pianoforte wire, say, 18 in. long, bend it
-round into a circle, allowing 1/2 in. to 1 in. to overlap, tin and
-solder, bind this with soft very thin iron wire, and again solder
-(always use as little solder as possible). Now stitch on to this a
-piece of nainsook or silk, deforming the circle as you do so until it
-has the accompanying elliptical shape. The result is one of double
-curvature; the transverse curve (dihedral angle) can be regulated by
-cross threads or wires going from A to B and C to D.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49A.--MR. T.W.K. CLARKE'S 1 OZ. MODEL.]
-
-The longitudinal curve on the camber can be regulated by the original
-tension given to it, and by the manner of its fixing to the main
-framework. Suitable wire projections or loops should be bound to it by
-wire, and these fastened to the main framework by binding with _thin_
-rubber cord, a very useful method of fastening, since it acts as an
-excellent shock absorber, and "gives" when required, and yet
-possesses quite sufficient practical rigidity.
-
-Sec. 9. Flexible joints are an advantage in a biplane; these can be made
-by fixing wire hooks and eyes to the ends of the "struts," and holding
-them in position by binding with silk or thread. Rigidity is obtained
-by use of steel wire stays or thin silk cord.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49B.--MR. T.W.K. CLARKE'S 1 OZ. MODEL.
-
-Showing the position of C. of G., or point of support.]
-
-Sec. 10. Owing to the extra weight and difficulties of construction on so
-small a scale it is not desirable to use "double surface" aerofoils
-except on large size power-driven models.
-
-Sec. 11. It is a good plan not to have the rod or tube carrying the
-rubber motor connected with the outrigger carrying the elevator,
-because the torque of the rubber tends to twist the carrying
-framework, and interferes with the proper and correct action of the
-elevator. If it be so connected the rod must be stayed with piano
-wire, both longitudinally (to overcome the pull which we know is very
-great), and also laterally, to overcome the torque.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49C.--A LARGE MODEL AEROPLANE.
-
-Shown without rubber or propellers. Designed and constructed by the
-writer. As a test it was fitted with two 14 in. propellers revolving
-in the _same_ direction, and made some excellent flights under these
-conditions, rolling slightly across the wind, but otherwise keeping
-quite steady. Total weight, 11/2 lb.; length, 6 ft.; span of main
-aerofoil, 5 ft. Constructed of bamboo, cane, and steel wire. Front
-skids steel wire. Back skids cane. Aerofoil covering nainsook.]
-
-
-Sec. 12. Some builders place the rubber motor above the rod, or bow frame
-carrying the aerofoils, etc., the idea being that the pull of the
-rubber distorts the frame in such a manner as to "lift" the elevator,
-and so cause the machine to rise rapidly in the air. This it does; but
-the model naturally drops badly at the finish and spoils the effect.
-It is not a principle that should be copied.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49D.--A VERY LIGHT WEIGHT MODEL.
-
-Constructed by the author. Provided with twin propellers of a modified
-Fleming-Williams type. This machine flew well when provided with an
-abnormal amount of rubber, owing to the poor dynamic thrust given by
-the propellers.]
-
-Sec. 13. In the Clarke models with the small front plane, the centre of
-pressure is slightly in front of the main plane.
-
-The balancing point of most models is generally slightly in front, or
-just within the front edge of the main aerofoil. The best plan is to
-adjust the rod carrying the rubber motor and propeller until the best
-balance is obtained, then hang up the machine to ascertain the centre
-of gravity, and you will have (approximately) the centre of pressure.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49E.--USEFUL FITTINGS FOR MODELS.
-
-1. Rubber tyred wheels. 2. Ball-bearing steel axle shafts. 3. Brass wire
-strainers with steel screws; breaking strain 200 lb. 4. Magnalium
-tubing. 5. Steel eyebolt. 6. Aluminium "T" joint. 7. Aluminium "L"
-piece. 8. Brass brazed fittings. 9. Ball-bearing thrust. 10. Flat
-aluminium "L" piece. (_The above illustrations taken (by permission)
-from Messrs. Gamage's catalogue on Model Aviation._)]
-
-Sec. 14. The elevator (or tail) should be of the non-lifting type--in
-other words, the entire weight should be carried by the main aerofoil
-or aerofoils; the elevator being used simply as a balancer.[39] If the
-machine be so constructed that part of the weight be carried by the
-elevator, then either it must be large (in proportion) or set up at a
-large angle to carry it. Both mean considerably more resistance--which
-is to be avoided. In practice this means the propeller being some
-little distance in rear of the main supporting surface.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49F.--USEFUL FITTINGS FOR MODELS.
-
-11. Aluminium ball thrust and racket. 12. Ball-bearing propeller,
-thrust, and stay.
-
-(_The above illustrations taken (by permission) from Messrs. Gamage's
-catalogue on Model Aviation._)]
-
-Sec. 15. In actual flying models "skids" should be used and not "wheels";
-the latter to be of any real use must be of large diameter, and the
-weight is prohibitive. Skids can be constructed of cane, imitation
-whalebone, steel watch or clock-spring, steel pianoforte wire. Steel
-mainsprings are better than imitation whalebone, but steel pianoforte
-wire best of all. For larger sized models bamboo is also suitable, as
-also ash or strong cane.
-
-Sec. 16. Apart from or in conjunction with skids we have what are termed
-"shock absorbers" to lessen the shock on landing--the same substances
-can be used--steel wire in the form of a loop is very effectual;
-whalebone and steel springs have a knack of snapping. These shock
-absorbers should be so attached as to "give all ways" for a part side
-and part front landing as well as a direct front landing. For this
-purpose they should be lashed to the main frame by thin indiarubber
-cord.
-
-Sec. 17. In the case of a biplane model the "gap" must not be less than
-the "chord"--preferably greater.
-
-In a double monoplane (of the Langley type) there is considerable
-"interference," i.e. the rear plane is moving in air already acted on
-by the front one, and therefore moving in a downward direction. This
-means decreased efficiency. It can be overcome, more or less, by
-varying the dihedral angle at which the two planes are set; but cannot
-be got rid of altogether, or by placing them far apart. In biplanes
-not possessing a dihedral angle--the propeller can be placed
-_slightly_ to one side--in order to neutralise the torque of the
-propeller--the best portion should be found by experiment--unless the
-pitch be very large; with a well designed propeller this is not by any
-means essential. If the propeller revolve clockwise, place it towards
-the right hand of the machine, and vice versa.
-
-Sec. 18. In designing a model to fly the longest possible distance the
-monoplane type should be chosen, and when desiring to build one that
-shall remain the longest time in the air the biplane or triplane type
-should be adopted.[40] For the longest possible flight twin propellers
-revolving in opposite directions[41] are essential. To take a concrete
-case--one of the writer's models weighed complete with a single
-propeller 81/2 oz. It was then altered and fitted with two propellers
-(same diameter and weight); this complete with double rubber weighed
-101/4 oz. The advantage double the power. Weight increased only 20
-per cent., resistance about 10 per cent., total 30 per cent. Gain 70
-per cent. Or if the method of gearing advocated (see Geared Motors) be
-adopted then we shall have four bunches of rubber instead of two, and
-can thereby obtain so many more turns.[42] The length of the strands
-should be such as to render possible at least a thousand turns.
-
-The propellers should be of large diameter and pitch (not less than
-35 deg. at the tips), of curved shape, as advocated in Sec. 22 ch. v.; the
-aerofoil surface of as high an aspect ratio as possible, and but
-slight camber if any; this is a very difficult question, the question
-of camber, and the writer feels bound to admit he has obtained as long
-flights with surfaces practically flat, but which do, of course,
-camber slightly in a suitable wind, as with stiffer cambered surfaces.
-
-Wind cambered surfaces are, however, totally unsuitable in gusty
-weather, when the wind has frequently a downward trend, which has the
-effect of cambering the surface the wrong way about, and placing the
-machine flat on the ground. Oiled or specially prepared silk of the
-lightest kind should be used for surfacing the aerofoils. Some form of
-keel, or fin, is essential to assist in keeping the machine in a
-straight course, combined with a rudder and universally jointed
-elevator.
-
-The manner of winding up the propellers has already been referred to
-(_see_ chap. iii., Sec. 9). A winder is essential.
-
-Another form of aerofoil is one of wood (as in Clarke's flyers) or
-metal, such a machine relying more on the swiftness of its flight than
-on its duration. In this the gearing would possibly not be so
-advantageous--but experiment alone could decide.
-
-The weight of the machine would require to be an absolute minimum, and
-everything not absolutely essential omitted.
-
-It is quite possible to build a twin-screw model on one central stick
-alone; but the isosceles triangular form of framework, with two
-propellers at the base corners, and the rubber motors running along
-the two sides and terminating at the vertex, is preferred by most
-model makers. It entails, of course, extra weight. A light form of
-skid, made of steel pianoforte wire, should be used. As to the weight
-and size of the model, the now famous "one-ouncers" have made some
-long flights of over 300 yards[43]; but the machine claiming the
-record, half a mile,[44] weighs about 10 oz. And apart from this
-latter consideration altogether the writer is inclined to think that
-from 5 oz. to 10 oz. is likely to prove the most suitable. It is not
-too large to experiment with without difficulty, nor is it so small as
-to require the skill of a jeweller almost to build the necessary
-mechanism. The propeller speed has already been discussed (_see_ ch.
-v., Sec. 15). The model will, of course, be flown with the wind. The
-_total_ length of the model should be at least twice the span of the
-main aerofoil.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[39] This is a good plan--not a rule. Good flying models can, of
-course, be made in which this does not hold.
-
-[40] This is in theory only: in practice the monoplane holds both
-records.
-
-[41] The best position for the propellers appears to be one in front
-and one behind, when extreme lightness is the chief thing desired.
-
-[42] Because the number of strands of rubber in each bunch will be
-much less.
-
-[43] Mr. Burge Webb claims a record of 500 yards for one of his.
-
-[44] Flying, of course, with the wind. _Note._--In the "Model
-Engineer" of July 7, 1910, will be found an interesting account (with
-illustrations) of Mr. W.G. Aston's 1 oz. model, which has remained in
-the air for over a minute.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX.
-
-THE STEERING OF THE MODEL.
-
-
-Sec. 1. Of all the various sections of model aeroplaning that which is
-the least satisfactory is the above.
-
-The torque of the propeller naturally exerts a twisting or tilting
-effect upon the model as a whole, the effect of which is to cause it
-to fly in (roughly speaking) a circular course, the direction
-depending on whether the pitch of the screw be a right or left handed
-one. There are various devices by which the torque may be
-(approximately) got rid of.
-
-Sec. 2. In the case of a monoplane, by not placing the rod carrying the
-rubber motor in the exact centre of the main aerofoil, but slightly to
-one side, the exact position to be determined by experiment.
-
-In a biplane the same result is obtained by keeping the rod in the
-centre, but placing the bracket carrying the bearing in which the
-propeller shaft runs at right angles horizontally to the rod to obtain
-the same effect.
-
-Sec. 3. The most obvious solution of the problem is to use _two_ equal
-propellers (as in the Wright biplane) of equal and opposite pitch,
-driven by two rubber motors of equal strength.
-
-Theoretically this idea is perfect. In practice it is not so. It is
-quite possible, of course, to use two rubber motors of an equal number
-of strands (equality should be first tested by _weighing_). It should
-be possible to obtain two propellers of equal and opposite pitch,
-etc., and it is also possible to give the rubber motors the same
-number of turns. In practice one is always wound up before the other.
-This is the first mistake. They should be wound up _at the same time_,
-using a double winder made for the purpose.
-
-The fact that this is _not_ done is quite sufficient to give an
-unequal torsion. The friction in both cases must also be exactly
-equal. Both propellers must be released at exactly the same instant.
-
-Supposing _all_ these conditions fulfilled (in practice they never
-are), supposing also the propellers connected by gearing (prohibitive
-on account of the weight), and the air quite calm (which it never is),
-then the machine should and undoubtedly would _fly straight_.
-
-For steering purposes by winding up one propeller _many more times_
-than the other, the aeroplane can generally speaking be steered to the
-right or left; but from what I have both seen and tried twin-screw
-model aeroplanes are _not_ the success they are often made out to be,
-and they are much more troublesome to deal with, in spite of what some
-say to the contrary.
-
-The solution of the problem of steering by the use of two propellers
-is only partially satisfactory and reliable, in fact, it is no
-solution at all.[45] The torque of the propeller and consequent
-tilting of the aeroplane is not the only cause at work diverting the
-machine from its course.
-
-Sec. 4. As it progresses through the air it is constantly meeting air
-currents of varying velocity and direction, all tending to make the
-model deviate more or less from its course; the best way, in fact, the
-only way, to successfully overcome such is by means of _speed_, by
-giving the aeroplane a high velocity, not of ten or twelve to fifteen
-miles an hour, as is usual in built up fabric-covered aerofoils, but a
-velocity of twenty to thirty miles an hour, attainable only in models
-(petrol or steam driven) or by means of wooden or metal aerofoils.
-
-Sec. 5. Amongst devices used for horizontal steering are vertical "FINS."
-These should be placed in the rear above the centre of gravity. They
-should not be large, and can be made of fabric tightly stretched over
-a wire frame, or of a piece of sheet magnalium or aluminium, turning
-on a pivot at the front edge, adjustment being made by simply twisting
-the fin round to the desired angle. As to the size, think of rudder
-and the size of a boat, but allow for the difference of medium. The
-frame carrying the pivot and fin should be made to slide along the rod
-or backbone of the model in order to find the most efficient position.
-
-Sec. 6. Steering may also be attempted by means of little balancing tips,
-or ailerons, fixed to or near the main aerofoil, and pivoted (either
-centrally or otherwise) in such a manner that they can be rotated one
-in one direction (tilted) and the other in the other (dipped), so as
-to raise one side and depress the other.
-
-Sec. 7. The model can also be steered by giving it a cant to one side by
-weighting the tip of the aerofoil on that side on which it is desired
-it should turn, but this method is both clumsy and "weighty."
-
-Sec. 8. Another way is by means of the elevator; and this method, since
-it entails no additional surfaces entailing extra resistance and
-weight, is perhaps the most satisfactory of all.
-
-It is necessary that the elevator be mounted on some kind of universal
-joint, in order that it may not only be "tipped" or "dipped," but also
-canted sideways for horizontal steering.
-
-Sec. 9. A vertical fin in the rear, or something in the nature of a
-"keel," i.e. a vertical fin running down the backbone of the machine,
-greatly assists this movement.
-
-If the model be of the tractor screw and tail (Bleriot) type, then the
-above remarks _re_ elevator apply _mutatis mutandis_ to the tail.
-
-Sec. 10. It is of the most vital importance that the propeller torque
-should be, as far as possible, correctly balanced. This can be tested
-by balancing the model transversely on a knife edge, winding up the
-propeller, and allowing it to run down, and adjusting matters until
-the torque and compensatory apparatus balance. As the torque varies
-the mean should be used.
-
-In the case of twin propellers, suspend the model by its centre of
-gravity, wind up the propellers, and when running down if the model is
-drawn forward without rotation the thrust is equal; if not adjustment
-must be made till it does. The easiest way to do this _may_ be by
-placing one propeller, the one giving the greater thrust, slightly
-nearer the centre.
-
-In the case of two propellers rotating in opposite directions (by
-suitable gearing) on the common centre of two axes, one of the axes
-being, of course, hollow, and turning on the other--the rear propeller
-working in air already driven back by the other will require a coarser
-pitch or larger diameter to be equally efficient.
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[45] These remarks apply to rubber driven motors. In the case of
-two-power driven propellers in which the power was automatically
-adjusted, say, by a gyroscope as in the case of a torpedo--and the
-_speed_ of each propeller varied accordingly--the machine could, of
-course, be easily steered by such means; but the model to carry such
-power and appliances would certainly weigh from 40 lb. to 60 lb.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-THE LAUNCHING OF THE MODEL.
-
-
-Sec. 1. Generally speaking, the model should be launched into the air
-_against the wind_.
-
-Sec. 2. It should (theoretically) be launched into the air with a
-velocity equal to that with which it flies. If it launch with a
-velocity in excess of that it becomes at once unstable and has to
-"settle down" before assuming its normal line of flight. If the
-velocity be insufficient, it may be unable to "pick up" its requisite
-velocity in time to prevent its falling to the ground. Models with
-wooden aerofoils and a high aspect ratio designed for swift flying,
-such as the well-known Clarke flyers, require to be practically
-"hurled" into the air.
-
-Other fabric-covered models capable of sustentation at a velocity of 8
-to 10 miles an hour, may just be "released."
-
-Sec. 3. Light "featherweight" models designed for long flights when
-travelling with the wind should be launched with it. They will not
-advance into it--if there be anything of a breeze--but, if well
-designed, just "hover," finally sinking to earth on an even keel. Many
-ingenious pieces of apparatus have been designed to mechanically
-launch the model into the air. Fig. 50 is an illustration of a very
-simple but effective one.
-
-Sec. 4. For large size power-driven models, unless provided with a
-chassis and wheels to enable them to run along and rise from the
-ground under their own power, the launching is a problem of
-considerable difficulty.
-
-Sec. 5. In the case of rubber-driven models desired to run along and rise
-from the ground under their own power, this rising must be
-accomplished quickly and in a short space. A model requiring a 50 ft.
-run is useless, as the motor would be practically run out by that
-time. Ten or twelve feet is the limit; now, in order to rise quickly
-the machine must be light and carry considerable surface, or, in other
-words, its velocity of sustentation must be a low one.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 50.--MR. POYNTER'S LAUNCHING APPARATUS.
-
-(_Reproduced by permission from the "Model Engineer."_)]
-
-Sec. 6. It will not do to tip up the elevator to a large angle to make it
-rise quickly, because when once off the ground the angle of the
-elevator is wrong for actual flight and the model will probably turn a
-somersault and land on its back. I have often seen this happen. If the
-elevator be set at an increased angle to get it to rise quickly, then
-what is required is a little mechanical device which sets the elevator
-at its proper flight angle when it leaves the ground. Such a device
-does not present any great mechanical difficulties; and I leave it to
-the mechanical ingenuity of my readers to devise a simple little
-device which shall maintain the elevator at a comparatively large
-angle while the model is on the ground, but allowing of this angle
-being reduced when free flight is commenced.
-
-Sec. 7. The propeller most suitable to "get the machine off the ground"
-is one giving considerable statical thrust. A small propeller of fine
-pitch quickly starts a machine, but is not, of course, so efficient
-when the model is in actual flight. A rubber motor is not at all well
-adapted for the purpose just discussed.
-
-Sec. 8. Professor Kress uses a polished plank (down which the models slip
-on cane skids) to launch his models.
-
-Sec. 9. When launching a twin-screw model the model should be held by
-each propeller, or to speak more correctly, the two brackets holding
-the bearings in which the propeller shafts run should be held one in
-each hand in such a way, of course, as to prevent the propellers from
-revolving. Hold the machine vertically downwards, or, if too large for
-this, allow the nose to rest slightly on the ground; raise (or swing)
-the machine up into the air until a little more than horizontal
-position is attained, and boldly push the machine into the air (moving
-forward if necessary) and release both brackets and screws
-simultaneously.[46]
-
-Sec. 10. In launching a model some prefer to allow the propellers to
-revolve for a few moments (a second, say) _before_ actually launching,
-contending that this gives a steadier initial flight. This is
-undoubtedly the case, see note on page 111.
-
-Sec. 11. In any case, unless trying for a height prize, do not point the
-nose of the machine right up into the air with the idea that you will
-thereby obtain a better flight.
-
-Launch it horizontally, or at a very small angle of inclination. When
-requiring a model to run along a field or a lawn and rise therefrom
-this is much facilitated by using a little strip of smooth oilcloth on
-which it can run. Remember that swift flying wooden and metal models
-require a high initial velocity, particularly if of large size and
-weight. If thrown steadily and at the proper angle they can scarcely
-be overthrown.
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[46] Another and better way--supposing the model constructed with a
-central rod, or some suitable holdfast (this should be situated at the
-centre of gravity of the machine) by which it can be held in one
-hand--is to hold the machine with both hands above the head, the right
-hand grasping it ready to launch it, and the left holding the two
-propellers. Release the propellers and allow them a brief interval
-(about half a second) to start. Then launch boldly into the air. The
-writer has easily launched 11/2 lb. models by this means, even in a
-high wind. Never launch a model by one hand only.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI.
-
-HELICOPTER MODELS.
-
-
-Sec. 1. There is no difficulty whatever about making successful model
-helicopters, whatever there may be about full-sized machines.
-
-Sec. 2. The earliest flying models were helicopters. As early as 1796 Sir
-George Cayley constructed a perfectly successful helicopter model (see
-ch. iii.); it should be noticed the screws were superimposed and
-rotated in opposite directions.
-
-Sec. 3. In 1842 a Mr. Phillips constructed a successful power-driven
-model helicopter. The model was made entirely of metal, and when
-complete and charged weighed 2 lb. It consisted of a boiler or steam
-generator and four fans supported between eight arms. The fans had an
-inclination to the horizon of 20 deg., and through the arms the steam
-rushed on the principle of Hero's engines (Barker's Mill Principle
-probably). By the escape of steam from the arms the fans were caused
-to revolve with immense energy, so much so that the model rose to an
-immense altitude and flew across two fields before it alighted. The
-motive power employed was obtained from the combustion of charcoal,
-nitre and gypsum, as used in the original fire annihilator; the
-products of combustion mixing with water in the boiler and forming
-gas-charged steam, which was delivered at high pressure from the
-extremities of the eight arms.[47] This model and its flight (fully
-authenticated) is full of interest and should not be lost sight of, as
-in all probability being the first model actuated by steam which
-actually flew.
-
-The helicopter is but a particular phase of the aeroplane.
-
-Sec. 4. The simplest form of helicopter is that in which the torque of
-the propeller is resisted by a vertical loose fabric plane, so
-designed as itself to form a propeller, rotating in the opposite
-direction. These little toys can be bought at any good toy shop from
-about 6_d._ to 1_s._ Supposing we desire to construct a helicopter of
-a more ambitious and scientific character, possessing a vertically
-rotating propeller or propellers for horizontal propulsion, as well as
-horizontally rotating propellers for lifting purposes.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 51.--INCORRECT WAY OF ARRANGING SCREWS.]
-
-Sec. 5. There is one essential point that must be carefully attended to,
-and that is, _that the horizontal propulsive thrust must be in the
-same plane as the vertical lift_, or the only effect will be to cause
-our model to turn somersaults. I speak from experience.
-
-When the horizontally revolving propellers are driven in a horizontal
-direction their "lifting" powers will be materially increased, as they
-will (like an ordinary aeroplane) be advancing on to fresh undisturbed
-air.
-
-Sec. 6. I have not for ordinary purposes advocated very light weight wire
-framework fabric-covered screws, but in a case like this where the
-thrust from the propeller has to be more than the total weight of the
-machine, these might possibly be used with advantage.
-
-Sec. 7. Instead of using two long vertical rods as well as one long
-horizontal one for the rubber strands, we might dispense with the two
-vertical ones altogether and use light gearing to turn the torque
-action through a right angle for the lifting screws, and use three
-separate horizontal rubber strands for the three propellers on a
-suitable light horizontal framework. Such should result in a
-considerable saving of weight.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 52.--CORRECT MANNER. A, B, C = Screws.]
-
-Sec. 8. The model would require something in the nature of a vertical fin
-or keel to give the sense of direction. Four propellers, two for
-"lift" and two for "drift," would undoubtedly be a better
-arrangement.
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[47] Report on First Exhibition of Aeronautical Society of Great
-Britain, held at Crystal Palace, June 1868.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII.
-
-EXPERIMENTAL RECORDS.
-
-
-A model flying machine being a scientific invention and not a toy,
-every devotee to the science should make it his or her business to
-keep, as far as they are able, accurate and scientific records. For by
-such means as this, and the making known of the same, can a _science_
-of model aeroplaning be finally evolved. The following experimental
-entry forms, left purposely blank to be filled in by the reader, are
-intended as suggestions only, and can, of course, be varied at the
-reader's discretion. When you _have_ obtained carefully established
-data, do not keep them to yourself, send them along to one of the
-aeronautical journals. Do not think them valueless; if carefully
-arranged they cannot be that, and may be very valuable.
-
-
-EXPERIMENTAL DATA.
-
- FORM I.
-
- Column Headings:
-
- A: Model
- B: Weight
- C: Area of Supporting Surface
- D: Aspect Ratio
- E: Average Length of Flight in Feet
- F: Maximum Flight
- G: Time of Flight, A. average
- H: M. maximum
- I: Kind and Direction of Wind
- J: Camber
- K: Angle of Inclination of Main Aerofoil to Line of Flight
-
- -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
- A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K
- -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
- | | | | | | A | M | | |
- 1 | | | | | | | | | |
- 2 | | | | | | | | | |
- 3 | | | | | | | | | |
- 4 | | | | | | | | | |
- 5 | | | | | | | | | |
- 6 | | | | | | | | | |
- 7 | | | | | | | | | |
- 8 | | | | | | | | | |
- 9 | | | | | | | | | |
- 10 | | | | | | | | | |
- 11 | | | | | | | | | |
- 12 | | | | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | | | |
- -----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+-----
-
- FORM I.--_continued_.
-
- Column Headings:
-
- A: Model
- B: Weight of (Rubber) Motor
- C: Kind of Rubber, Flat, Square or Round
- D: Lenght in Inches and Number of Strands
- E: Number of Turns
- F: Condition at End of Flight
- G: Number of Propellers (No.) and Diameter (Diam.)
- H: Number of Blades
- I: Disc Area (DiscA.) and Pitch (Pitch)
- J: Percentage of Slip
- K: Thrust
- L: Torque in Inche-Ounces
-
- ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
- A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L |
- ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 2 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 3 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 4 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 5 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 6 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 7 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 8 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 9 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 10 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- 12 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
- ----+----+----+-----+----+----+-----+----+-----+----+----+----+
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII.
-
-MODEL FLYING COMPETITIONS.
-
-
-Sec. 1. From time to time flying competitions are arranged for model
-aeroplanes. Sometimes these competitions are entirely open, but more
-generally they are arranged by local clubs with both closed and open
-events.
-
-No two programmes are probably exactly alike, but the following may be
-taken as fairly representative:--
-
-1. Longest flight measured in a straight line (sometimes both with and
-against the wind).[48]
-
-2. Stability (both longitudinal and transverse).
-
-3. Longest glide when launched from a given height without power, but
-with motor and propeller attached.
-
-4. Steering.
-
-5. Greatest height.
-
-6. The best all-round model, including, in addition to the above,
-excellence in building.
-
-Generally so many "points" or marks are given for each test, and the
-model whose aggregate of points makes the largest total wins the
-prize; or more than one prize may be offered--
-
-One for the longest flight.
-
-One for the swiftest flight over a measured distance.
-
-One for the greatest height.
-
-One for stability and steering.
-
-And one for the best all-round model.
-
-The models are divided into classes:--
-
-Sec. 2. _Aero Models Association's Classification, etc._
-
- A. Models of 1 sq. ft. surface and under.
- B. " 2 sq. ft. " "
- C. " 4 sq. ft. " "
- D. " 8 sq. ft. " "
- E. " over 8 sq. ft.
-
-All surfaces, whether vertical, horizontal, or otherwise, to be
-calculated together for the above classification.
-
-All round efficiency--marks or points as percentages:--
-
- Distance 40 per cent.
- Stability 35 "
- Directional control 15 "
- Gliding angle 10 "[49]
-
-Two prizes:--
-
-One for length of flight.
-
-One for all-round efficiency (marked as above).
-
-Every competitor to be allowed three trials in each competition, the
-best only to count.
-
-All flights to be measured in a straight line from the starting to the
-landing point.
-
-Repairs may be made during the competition at the direction of the
-judges.[50]
-
-There are one or two other points where flights are _not_ made with
-and against the wind. The competitors are usually requested to start
-their models from within a given circle of (say) six feet diameter,
-and fly them _in any direction_ they please.
-
-"Gliding angle" means that the model is allowed to fall from a height
-(say) of 20 ft.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 53.--MODEL DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED BY THE AUTHOR
-FOR "GREATEST HEIGHT."
-
-A very lightly built model with a very low aspect ratio, and screw
-giving a very powerful dynamic thrust, and carrying rather a large
-amount of rubber. Climbs in left-handed spirals.]
-
-"Directional control," that the model is launched in some specified
-direction, and must pass as near as possible over some indicated
-point.
-
-The models are practically always launched by hand.
-
-Sec. 3. Those who desire to win prizes at such competitions would do well
-to keep the following points well in mind.
-
-1. The distance is always measured in a straight line. It is
-absolutely essential that your model should be capable of flying
-(approximately) straight. To see, as I have done, model after model
-fly quite 150 to 200 yards and finish within 50 yards of the
-starting-point (credited flight 50 yards) is useless, and a severe
-strain on one's temper and patience.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 54.--THE GAMAGE CHALLENGE CUP.
-
-Open Competition for longest flight. Crystal Palace, July 27. Won by
-Mr. E.W. Twining.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 55.--MEDAL WON BY THE AUTHOR IN THE SAME
-COMPETITION.]
-
-2. Always enter more than one model, there nearly always is an
-entrance fee; never mind the extra shilling or so. Go in to win.
-
-3. It is not necessary that these models should be replicas of one
-another. On some days a light fabric-covered model might stand the
-best chance; on another day, a swift flying wooden or metal aerofoil.
-
-Against the wind the latter have an immense advantage; also if the day
-be a "gusty" one.[51]
-
-4. Always make it a point of arriving early on the ground, so that you
-can make some trial flights beforehand. Every ground has its local
-peculiarities of air currents, etc.
-
-5. Always be ready in time, or you may be disqualified. If you are
-flying a twin-screw model use a special winder, so that both
-propellers are wound up at the same time, and take a competent friend
-with you as assistant.
-
-6. For all-round efficiency nothing but a good all-round model, which
-can be absolutely relied on to make a dozen (approximately) equivalent
-flights, is any good.
-
-7. In an open distance competition, unless you have a model which you
-can rely on to make a _minimum_ flight of 200 yards, do not enter
-unless you know for certain that none of the "crack" flyers will be
-present.
-
-8. Do not neglect the smallest detail likely to lead to success; be
-prepared with spare parts, extra rubber, one or two handy tools, wire,
-thread, etc. Before a lecture, that prince of experimentalists,
-Faraday, was always careful to see that the stoppers of all the
-bottles were loose, so that there should be no delay or mishap.
-
-9. If the rating of the model be by "weight" (1 oz., 2 oz., 4 oz.,
-etc.) and not area, use a model weighing from 10 oz. to a pound.
-
-10. If there is a greatest height prize, a helicopter model should win
-it.[52] (The writer has attained an altitude of between three and four
-hundred feet with such.) The altitude was arrived at by observation,
-not guesswork.
-
-11. It is most important that your model should be able to "land"
-without damage, and, as far as possible, on an even keel; do not omit
-some form of "skid" or "shock-absorber" with the idea of saving
-weight, more especially if your model be a biplane, or the number of
-flights may be restricted to the number "one."
-
-12. Since the best "gliding" angle and "flying" angle are not the
-same, being, say, 7 deg. in the former case and 1 deg.-3 deg., say, in the latter,
-an adjustable angle might in some cases be advantageous.
-
-13. Never turn up at a competition with a model only just finished and
-practically untested which you have flown only on the morning of the
-competition, using old rubber and winding to 500 turns; result, a
-flight of 250 yards, say. Arrived on the competition ground you put on
-new rubber and wind to 750 turns, and expect a flight of a quarter of
-a mile at least; result 70 yards, _measured in a straight line_ from
-the starting-point.
-
-14. Directional control is the most difficult problem to overcome with
-any degree of success under all adverse conditions, and 15 per cent.,
-in the writer's opinion, is far too low a percentage; by directional I
-include flying in a straight line; personally I would mark for
-all-round efficiency: (A) distance and stability, 50 per cent.; (B)
-directional control, 30 per cent.; (C) duration of flight, 20 per
-cent. In A the competitor would launch his model _in any direction_;
-in B as directed by the judges. No separate flights required for C.
-
-FOOTNOTES:
-
-[48] The better way, undoubtedly, is to allow the competitor to choose
-his direction, the starting "circle" only to be fixed.
-
-[49] Or 10 per cent. for duration of flight.
-
-[50] In another competition, held under the rules and regulations of
-the Kite and Model Aeroplane Association for the best all-round model,
-open to the world, for machines not under 2 sq. ft. of surface, the
-tests (50 marks for each) were:--A. Longest flight in a straight line.
-B. Circular flight to the right. C. Circular flight to the left. D.
-Stability and landing after a flight. E. Excellence in building of the
-model.
-
-[51] On the assumption that the model will fly straight.
-
-[52] If permitted to enter; if not see Fig. 53.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV.
-
-USEFUL NOTES, TABLES, FORMULAE, ETC.
-
-
-Sec. 1. COMPARATIVE VELOCITIES.
-
- Miles per hr. Feet per sec. Metres per sec.
- 10 = 14.7 = 4.470
- 15 = 22 = 6.705
- 20 = 29.4 = 8.940
- 25 = 36.7 = 11.176
- 30 = 44 = 13.411
- 35 = 51.3 = 15.646
-
-Sec. 2. A metre = 39.37079 inches.
-
- _In order to convert_:--
- Metres into inches multiply by 39.37
- " feet " 3.28
- " yards " 1.09
- " miles " 0.0006214
- Miles per hour into ft. per min. multiply by 88.0
- " min. " sec. " 88.0
- " hr. into kilometres per hr. " 1.6093
- " " metres per sec. " 0.44702
- Pounds into grammes multiply by 453.593
- " kilogrammes " 0.4536
-
-Sec. 8. Total surface of a cylinder = circumference of base x height + 2
-area of base.
-
-Area of a circle = square of diameter x 0.7854.
-
-Area of a circle = square of rad. x 3.14159.
-
-Area of an ellipse = product of axes x 0.7854.
-
-Circumference of a circle = diameter x 3.14159.
-
-Solidity of a cylinder = height x area of base.
-
-Area of a circular ring = sum of diameters x difference of diameters x
-0.7854.
-
-For the area of a sector of a circle the rule is:--As 360 : number of
-degrees in the angle of the sector :: area of the sector : area of
-circle.
-
-To find the area of a segment less than a semicircle:--Find the area
-of the sector which has the same arc, and subtract the area of the
-triangle formed by the radii and the chord.
-
-The areas of corresponding figures are as the squares of corresponding
-lengths.
-
- Sec. 4. 1 mile = 1.609 kilometres.
- 1 kilometre = 1093 yards.
- 1 oz. = 28.35 grammes.
- 1 lb. = 453.59 "
- 1 lb. = 0.453 kilogrammes.
- 28 lb. = 12.7 "
- 112 lb. = 50.8 "
- 2240 lb. = 1016 "
- 1 kilogram = 2.2046 lb.
- 1 gram = 0.0022 lb.
- 1 sq. in. = 645 sq. millimetres.
- 1 sq. ft. = 0.0929 sq. metres.
- 1 sq. yard = 0.836 "
- 1 sq. metre = 10.764 sq. ft.
-
-Sec. 5. One atmosphere = 14.7 lb. per sq. in. = 2116 lb. per sq. ft. =
-760 millimetres of mercury.
-
-A column of water 2.3 ft. high corresponds to a pressure of 1 lb. per
-sq. in.
-
-1 H.P. = 33,000 ft.-lb. per min. = 746 watts.
-
-Volts x amperes = watts.
-
-{pi} = 3.1416. _g_ = 32.182 ft. per sec. at London.
-
-Sec. 6. TABLE OF EQUIVALENT INCLINATIONS.
-
- Rise. Angle in Degs.
- 1 in 30 1.91
- 1 " 25 2.29
- 1 " 20 2.87
- 1 " 18 3.18
- 1 " 16 3.58
- 1 " 14 4.09
- 1 " 12 4.78
- 1 " 10 5.73
- 1 " 9 6.38
- 1 " 8 7.18
- 1 " 7 8.22
- 1 " 6 9.6
- 1 " 5 11.53
- 1 " 4 14.48
- 1 " 3 19.45
- 1 " 2 30.00
- 1 " {square root}2 45.00
-
-Sec. 7. TABLE OF SKIN FRICTION.
-
-Per sq. ft. for various speeds and surface lengths.
-
- -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
- Velocity of Wind | 1 ft. Plane | 2 ft. Plane | 4 ft. Plane | 8 ft. Plane
- -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
- 10 | .00112 | .00105 | .00101 | .000967
- 15 | .00237 | .00226 | .00215 | .00205
- 20 | .00402 | .00384 | .00365 | .00349
- 25 | .00606 | .00579 | .00551 | .00527
- 30 | .00850 | .00810 | .00772 | .00736
- 35 | .01130 | .0108 | .0103 | .0098
- -----------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+------------
-
-This table is based on Dr. Zahm's experiments and the equation
-
- _f_ = 0.00000778_l_^{-0.07}_v_^{1.85}
-
-Where _f_ = skin friction per sq. ft.; _l_ = length of surface; _v_ =
-velocity in feet per second.
-
-In a biplane model the head resistance is probably from twelve to
-fourteen times the skin friction; in a racing monoplane from six to
-eight times.
-
-Sec. 8. TABLE I.--(METALS).
-
- --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
- Material | Specific | Elasticity E[A] | Tenacity
- | Gravity | | per sq. in.
- --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
- Magnesium | 1.74 | | {22,000-
- | | | {32,000
- Magnalium[B] | 2.4-2.57 | 10.2 |
- Aluminium- } | | |
- Copper[C]} | 2.82 | | 54,773
- Aluminium | 2.6 | 11.1 | 26,535
- Iron | 7.7 (about)| 29 | 54,000
- Steel | 7.8 (about)| 32 | 100,000
- Brass | 7.8-8.4 | 15 | 17,500
- Copper | 8.8 | 36 | 33,000
- Mild Steel | 7.8 | 30 | 60,000
- | | |
- --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
- [A] E in millions of lb. per sq. in.
- [B] Magnalium is an alloy of magnesium and aluminium.
- [C] Aluminium 94 per cent., copper 6 per cent. (the best
- percentage), a 6 per cent. alloy thereby doubles the
- tenacity of pure aluminium with but 5 per cent.
- increase of density.
- --------------+------------+-----------------+-------------
-
-Sec. 9. TABLE II.--WIND PRESSURES.
-
- _p_ = _kv squared_.
-
-_k_ coefficient (mean value taken) .003 (miles per hour) = 0.0016 ft.
-per second. _p_ = pressure in lb. per sq. ft. _v_ = velocity of wind.
-
- Miles per hr. Ft. per sec. Lb. per sq. ft.
- 10 14.7 0.300
- 12 17.6 0.432
- 14 20.5 0.588
- 16 23.5 0.768
- 18 26.4 0.972
- 20 29.35 1.200
- 25 36.7 1.875
- 30 43.9 2.700
- 35 51.3 3.675
-
-Sec. 10. Representing normal pressure on a plane surface by 1; pressure
-on a rod (round section) is 0.6; on a symmetrical elliptic cross
-section (axes 2:1) is 0.2 (approx.). Similar shape, but axes 6:1, and
-edges sharpened (_see_ ch. ii., Sec. 5), is only 0.05, or 1/20, and for
-the body of minimum resistance (_see_ ch. ii., Sec. 4) about 1/24.
-
-Sec. 11. TABLE III.--LIFT AND DRIFT.
-
-On a well shaped aerocurve or correctly designed cambered surface.
-Aspect ratio 4.5.
-
- Inclination. Ratio Lift to Drift.
- 0 deg. 19:1
- 2.87 deg. 15:1
- 3.58 deg. 16:1
- 4.09 deg. 14:1
- 4.78 deg. 12:1
- 5.73 deg. 9.6:1
- 7.18 deg. 7.9:1
-
-Wind velocity 40 miles per hour. (The above deduced from some
-experiments of Sir Hiram Maxim.)
-
-At a velocity of 30 miles an hour a good aerocurve should lift 21 oz.
-to 24 oz. per sq. ft.
-
-
-Sec. 12. TABLE IV.--LIFT AND DRIFT.
-
-On a plane aerofoil.
-
- N = P(2 sin {alpha}/1 + sin squared {alpha})
-
- Inclination. Ratio Lift to Drift.
- 1 deg. 58.3:1
- 2 deg. 29.2:1
- 3 deg. 19.3:1
- 4 deg. 14.3:1
- 5 deg. 11.4:1
- 6 deg. 9.5:1
- 7 deg. 8.0:1
- 8 deg. 7.0:1
- 9 deg. 6.3:1
- 10 deg. 5.7:1
-
- P = 2_kd_ AV squared sin {alpha}.
-
-A useful formula for a single plane surface. P = pressure supporting
-the plane in pounds per square foot, _k_ a constant = 0.003 in miles
-per hour, _d_ = the density of the air.
-
-A = the area of the plane, V relative velocity of translation through
-the air, and {alpha} the angle of flight.
-
-Transposing we have
-
- AV squared = P/(2_kd_ sin {alpha})
-
-If P and {alpha} are constants; then AV squared = a constant or area is
-inversely as velocity squared. Increase of velocity meaning diminished
-supporting surface (_and so far as supporting surface goes_), diminished
-resistance and skin friction. It must be remembered, however, that while
-the work of sustentation diminishes with the speed, the work of
-penetration varies as the cube of the speed.
-
-
-Sec. 13. TABLE V.--TIMBER.
-
- Column Headings:
-
- A. Material
- B. Specific Gravity
- C. Weight per Cub. Ft. in Lb.
- D. Strength per Sq. In. in Lb.
- E. Ultimate Breaking Load (Lb.) span 1' x 1" x 1"
- F. Relative Resilience in Bending
- G. Modulus of Elasticity in millions of Lb. per Sq. In. for Bending
- H. Relative Value. Bending Strength compared with Weight
-
- ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
- A |B | C | D |E |F |G | H
- ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
- Ash | .79 | 43-52 |14,000-17,000| 622 |4.69 |1.55 |13.0
- Bamboo | | 25[A]| 6300[53] | |3.07 |3.20 |
- Beech | .69 | 43 |10,000-12,000| 850 | |1.65 |19.8
- Birch | .71 | 45 | 15,000 | 550 | |3.28 |12.2
- Box |1.28 | 80 |20,000-23,000| 815 | | |10.2
- Cork | .24 | 15 | | | | |
- Fir (Norway | | | | | | |
- Spruce) | .51 | 32 | 9,000-11,000| 450 |3.01 |1.70 |14.0
- American | | | | | | |
- Hickory | | 49 | 11,000 | 800 |3.47 |2.40 |16.3
- Honduras | | | | | | |
- Mahogany | .56 | 35 | 20,000 | 750 |3.40 |1.60 |21.4
- Maple | .68 | 44 | 10,600 | 750 | | |17.0
- American White | | | | | | |
- Pine | .42 | 25 | 11,800 | 450 |2.37 |1.39 |18.0
- Lombardy Poplar| | 24 | 7,000 | 550 |2.89 | 0.77|22.9
- American Yellow| | | | | | |
- Poplar | | 44 | 10,000 | |3.63 |1.40 |
- Satinwood | .96 | 60 | |1,033 | | |17.2
- Spruce | .50 | 31 | 12,400 | 450 | | |14.5
- Tubular Ash, | | | | | | |
- _t_ = 1/8 _d_ | | 47 | | |3.50 |1.55 |
- ---------------+-----+-------+-------------+-------+-----+-----+----
-
- _t_ = thickness: _d_ = diameter.
-
- [A] Given elsewhere as 55 and 22,500 (_t_ = 1/3_d_), evidently
- regarded as solid.
-
-Sec. 14.--=Formula connecting the Weight Lifted in Pounds per Square Foot
-and the Velocity.=--The empirical formula
-
- W = (V squaredC)/_g_
-
- Where W = weight lifted in lb. per sq. ft.
- V = velocity in ft. per sec.
- C = a constant = 0.025.
- _g_ = 32.2, or 32 approx.
-
-may be used for a thoroughly efficient model. This gives
-(approximately)
-
- 1 lb. per sq. ft. lift at 25 miles an hour.
- 21 oz. " " 30 "
- 6 oz. " " 15 "
- 4 oz. " " 12 "
- 2.7 oz. " " 10 "
-
-Remember the results work out in feet per second. To convert
-(approximately) into miles per hour multiply by 2/3.
-
-Sec. 15. =Formula connecting Models of Similar Design, but Different
-Weights.=
-
- D {proportional to} {square root}W.
-
-or in models of _similar design_ the distances flown are proportional
-to the square roots of the weights. (Derived from data obtained from
-Clarke's flyers.)
-
-For models from 1 oz. to 24-30 oz. the formula appears to hold very
-well. For heavier models it appears to give the heavier model rather
-too great a distance.
-
-Since this was deduced a 1 oz. Clarke model of somewhat similar design
-but longer rubber motor has flown 750 ft. at least; it is true the
-design is not, strictly speaking, similar, but not too much reliance
-must be placed on the above. The record for a 1 oz. model to date is
-over 300 yards (with the wind, of course), say 750 ft. in calm air.
-
-Sec. 16. =Power and Speed.=--The following formula, given by Mr. L. Blin
-Desbleds, between these is--
-
- W/W{0} = (3_v{0}_)/(4_v_) + 1/4(_v_/_v{0}_) cubed.
-
- Where _v{0}_ = speed of minimum power
- W{0} = work done at speed _v{0}_.
- W = work done at speed _v_.
-
-Making _v_ = 2_v{0}_, i.e. doubling the speed of minimum power, and
-substituting, we have finally
-
- W = (2-3/8)W{0}
-
-i.e. the speed of an aeroplane can be doubled by using a power 2-3/8
-times as great as the original one. The "speed of minimum power" being
-the speed at which the aeroplane must travel for the minimum
-expenditure of power.
-
-Sec. 17. The thrust of the propeller has evidently to balance the
-
- Aerodynamic resistance = R
- The head resistance (including skin friction) = S
-
-Now according to Renard's theorem, the power absorbed by R + S is a
-minimum when
-
- S = R/3.
-
-Having built a model, then, in which the total resistance
-
- = (4/3)R.
-
-This is the thrust which the propeller should be designed to give. Now
-supposing the propeller's efficiency to be 80 per cent., then P--the
-minimum propulsion power
-
- = (4/3)R x 100/80 x 100/75 x _v_.
-
-Where 25 per cent. is the slip of the screw, _v_ the velocity of the
-aeroplane.
-
-Sec. 18. =To determine experimentally the Static Thrust of a
-Propeller.=--Useful for models intended to raise themselves from the
-ground under their own power, and for helicopters.
-
-The easiest way to do this is as follows: Mount the propeller on the
-shaft of an electric motor, of sufficient power to give the propeller
-1000 to 1500 revolutions per minute; a suitable accumulator or other
-source of electric energy will be required, a speedometer or speed
-counter, also a voltmeter and ammeter.
-
-Place the motor in a pair of scales or on a suitable spring balance
-(the former is preferable), the axis of the motor vertical, with the
-propeller attached. Rotate the propeller so that the air current is
-driven _upwards_. When the correct speed (as indicated by the speed
-counter) has been attained, notice the difference in the readings if a
-spring balance be used, or, if a pair of scales, place weights in the
-scale pan until the downward thrust of the propeller is exactly
-balanced. This gives you the thrust in ounces or pounds.
-
-Note carefully the voltage and amperage, supposing it is 8 volts and
-10 amperes = 80 watts.
-
-Remove the propeller and note the volts and amperes consumed to run
-the motor alone, i.e. to excite itself, and overcome friction and air
-resistance; suppose this to be 8 volts and 2 amperes = 16; the
-increased load when the propeller is on is therefore
-
- 80 - 16 = 64 watts.
-
-All this increased power is not, however, expended on the propeller.
-
-The lost power in the motor increases as C squaredR.
-
-R = resistance of armature and C = current. If we deduct 10 per cent.
-for this then the propeller is actually driven by 56 watts.
-
-Now 746 watts = 1 h.p.
-
- {therefore} 56/746 = 1/13 h.p. approx.
-
-at the observed number of revolutions per minute.
-
-Sec. 19. N.B.--The h.p. required to drive a propeller varies as the cube
-of the revolutions.
-
-_Proof._--Double the speed of the screw, then it strikes the air twice
-as hard; it also strikes twice as much air, and the motor has to go
-twice as fast to do it.
-
-Sec. 20. To compare one model with another the formula
-
- Weight x velocity (in ft. per sec.)/horse-power
-
-is sometimes useful.
-
-Sec. 21. =A Horse-power= is 33,000 lb. raised one foot in one minute, or
-550 lb. one foot in one second.
-
-A clockwork spring raised 1 lb. through 41/2 ft. in 3 seconds. What
-is its h.p.?
-
- 1 lb. through 41/2 ft. in 3 seconds
- is 1 lb. " 90 ft. " 1 minute.
-
- {therefore} Work done is 90 ft.-lb.
- = 90/33000 = 0.002727 h.p.
-
-The weight of the spring was 63/4 oz. (this is taken from an actual
-experiment), i.e. this motor develops power at the rate of 0.002727
-h.p. for 31/2 seconds only.
-
-Sec. 22. =To Ascertain the H.P. of a Rubber Motor.= Supposing a propeller
-wound up to 250 turns to run down in 15 seconds, i.e. at a mean speed
-of 1200 revolutions per minute or 20 per second. Suppose the mean
-thrust to be 2 oz., and let the pitch of the propeller be 1 foot. Then
-the number of foot-pounds of energy developed
-
- = (2 oz. x 1200 revols. x 1 ft. (pitch)) / 16 oz.
-
-= 150 ft.-lb. per minute.
-
-But the rubber motor runs down in 15 seconds.
-
- {therefore} Energy really developed is
-
- = (150 x 15) / 60 = 37.5 ft.-lb.
-
-The motor develops power at rate of 150/33000 = 0.004545 h.p., but for
-15 seconds only.
-
-Sec. 23. =Foot-pounds of Energy in a Given Weight of Rubber=
-(experimental determination of).
-
- Length of rubber 36 yds.
- Weight " 2-7/16 oz.
- Number of turns = 200.
-
- 12 oz. were raised 19 ft. in 5 seconds.
- i.e. 3/4 lb. was raised 19 x 12 ft. in 1 minute.
- i.e. 1 lb. was raised 19 x 3 x 3 ft. in 1 minute.
- = 171 ft. in 1 minute.
-
-i.e. 171 ft.-lb. of energy per minute. But actual time was 5 seconds.
-
-{therefore} Actual energy developed by 2-7/16 oz. of rubber of 36
-yards, i.e. 36 strands 1 yard each at 200 turns is
-
- = 171/12 ft.-lb.
-
- = 141/4 ft.-lb.
-
-This allows nothing for friction or turning the axle on which the cord
-was wound. Ball bearings were used; but the rubber was not new and
-twenty turns were still unwound at the end of the experiment. Now
-allowing for friction, etc. being the same as on an actual model, we
-can take 3/4 of a ft.-lb. for the unwound amount and estimate the
-total energy as 15 ft.-lb. as a minimum. The energy actually developed
-being at the rate of 0.0055 h.p., or 1/200 of a h.p. if supposed
-uniform.
-
-Sec. 24. The actual energy derivable from 1 lb. weight of rubber is
-stated to be 300 ft.-lb. On this basis 2-7/16 oz. should be capable of
-giving 45.7 ft.-lb. of energy, i.e. three times the amount given
-above. Now the motor-rubber not lubricated was only given 200
-turns--lubricated 400 could have been given it, 600 probably before
-rupture--and the energy then derivable would certainly have been
-approximating to 45 ft.-lb., i.e. 36.25. Now on the basis of 300
-ft.-lb. per lb. a weight of 1/2 oz. (the amount of rubber carried in
-"one-ouncers") gives 9 ft.-lb. of energy. Now assuming the gliding
-angle (including weight of propellers) to be 1 in 8; a perfectly
-efficient model should be capable of flying eight times as great a
-distance in a horizontal direction as the energy in the rubber motor
-would lift it vertically. Now 9 ft.-lb. of energy will lift 1 oz. 154
-ft. Therefore theoretically it will drive it a distance (in yards) of
-
- (8 x 154)/3 = 410.6 yards.
-
-Now the greatest distance that a 1 oz. model has flown in perfectly
-calm air (which never exists) is not known. Flying with the wind 500
-yards is claimed. Admitting this what allowance shall we make for the
-wind; supposing we deduct half this, viz. 250 yards. Then, on this
-assumption, the efficiency of this "one ouncer" works out (in
-perfectly still air) at 61 per cent.
-
-The gliding angle assumption of 1 in 8 is rather a high one, possibly
-too high; all the writer desires to show is the method of working out.
-
-Mr. T.W.K. Clarke informs me that in his one-ouncers the gliding
-angle is about 1 in 5.
-
-Sec. 25. =To Test Different Motors or Different Powers of the Same Kind
-of Motor.=--Test them on the same machine, and do not use different
-motors or different powers on different machines.
-
-Sec. 26. =Efficiency of a Model.=--The efficiency of a model depends on
-the weight carried per h.p.
-
-Sec. 27. =Efficiency of Design.=--The efficiency of some particular
-design depends on the amount of supporting surface necessary at a
-given speed.
-
-Sec. 28. =Naphtha Engines=, that is, engines made on the principle of the
-steam engine, but which use a light spirit of petrol or similar agent
-in their generator instead of water with the same amount of heat, will
-develop twice as much energy as in the case of the ordinary steam
-engine.
-
-Sec. 29.=Petrol Motors.=
-
- Horse-power. No. of Cylinders. Weight.
- 1/4 Single 41/2 lb.
- 1/2 to 3/4 " 61/2 "
- 11/2 Double 9 "
-
-Sec. 30. =The Horse-power of Model Petrol Motors.=--Formula for rating of
-the above.
-
- (R.P.M. = revolutions per minute.)
-
- H.P. = ((Bore) squared x stroke x no. of cylinders x R.P.M.)/12,000
-
-If the right-hand side of the equation gives a less h.p. than that
-stated for some particular motor, then it follows that the h.p. of the
-motor has been over-estimated.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 56.]
-
-Sec. 30A. =Relation between Static Thrust of Propeller and Total Weight
-of Model.=--The thrust should be approx. = 1/4 of the weight.
-
-Sec. 31. =How to find the Height of an Inaccessible Object by Means of
-Three Observations taken on the Ground (supposed flat) in the same
-Straight Line.=--Let A, C, B be the angular elevations of the object
-D, as seen from these points, taken in the same straight line. Let the
-distances B C, C A and A B be _a_, _b_, _c_ respectively. And let
-required height P D = _h_; then by trigonometry we have (see Fig. 56)
-
- _h squared_ = _abc_/(_a_ cot squaredA - _c_ cot squaredC + _b_ cot squaredB).
-
-Sec. 32. =Formula= for calculating the I.H.P. (indicated horse-power) of
-a single-cylinder double-acting steam-engine.
-
-Indicated h.p. means the h.p. actually exerted by the steam in the
-cylinder without taking into account engine friction. Brake h.p. or
-effective h.p. is the actual h.p. delivered by the crank shaft of the
-engine.
-
- I.H.P. = (2 x S x R x A x P)/33,000.
-
- Where S = stroke in feet.
- R = revolutions per minute.
- A = area of piston in inches.
- P = mean pressure in lb. exerted per sq. in. on the piston.
-
-The only difficulty is the mean effective pressure; this can be found
-approximately by the following rule and accompanying table.
-
-
-TABLE VI.
-
- ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
- Cut-off | Constant | Cut-off | Constant | Cut-off | Constant
- ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
- 1/6 | .566 | 3/8 | .771 | 2/3 | .917
- 1/5 | .603 | .4 | .789 | .7 | .926
- 1/4 | .659 | 1/2 | .847 | 3/4 | .937
- .3 | .708 | .6 | .895 | .8 | .944
- 1/3 | .743 | 5/8 | .904 | 7/8 | .951
- ---------+----------+---------+----------+---------+---------
-
-Rule.--"Add 14.7 to gauge pressure of boiler, this giving 'absolute
-steam pressure,' multiply this sum by the number opposite the fraction
-representing the point of cut-off in the cylinder in accompanying
-table. Subtract 17 from the product and multiply the remainder by 0.9.
-The result will be very nearly the M.E.P." (R.M. de Vignier.)
-
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[53] Given elsewhere as 55 and 22,500 (_t_ = 1/3 _d_), evidently
-regarded as solid.
-
-
-
-
-APPENDIX A.
-
-SOME MODELS WHICH HAVE WON MEDALS AT OPEN COMPETITIONS.
-
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 57.--THE G.P.B. SMITH MODEL.]
-
-The model shown in Fig. 57 has won more competition medals than any
-other. It is a thoroughly well designed[54] and well constructed
-model. Originally a very slow flyer, the design has been simplified,
-and although by no means a fast flyer, its speed has been much
-accelerated. Originally a one-propeller machine, it has latterly been
-fitted with twin propellers, with the idea of obtaining more
-directional control; but in the writer's opinion, speaking from
-personal observation, with but little, if any, success. The steering
-of the model is effected by canting the elevator. Originally the
-machine had ailerons for the purpose, but these were removed owing, I
-understand, to their retarding the speed of the machine.
-
-In every competition in which this machine has been entered it has
-always gained very high marks for stability.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 58.--THE GORDON-JONES DIHEDRAL BIPLANE.]
-
-Up to the time of writing it has not been provided with anything in
-the nature of fins or rudder.
-
-Fig. 58 is a biplane very much after the type of the model just
-alluded to, but the one straight and one curved aerofoil surfaces are
-here replaced by two parallel aerofoils set on a dihedral angle. The
-large size of the propeller should be noted; with this the writer is
-in complete agreement. He has not unfortunately seen this model in
-actual flight.
-
-The scientifically designed and beautifully made models illustrated in
-Fig. 59 are so well known that any remarks on them appear
-superfluous. Their efficiency, so far as their supporting area goes,
-is of the highest, as much as 21 oz. per square foot having been
-carried.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 59.--MESSRS. T.W.K. CLARKE AND CO.'S MODEL
-FLYERS.]
-
-For illustrations, etc., of the Fleming-Williams model, _see_ ch. v.,
-Sec. 23.
-
-(Fig. 60.) This is another well-constructed and efficient model, the
-shape and character of the aerofoil surfaces much resembling those of
-the French toy monoplane AL-MA (see Sec. 4, ch. vii.), but they are
-supported and held in position by quite a different method, a neat
-little device enabling the front plane to become partly detached on
-collision with any obstacle. The model is provided with a keel (below
-the centre of gravity), and rudder for steering; in fact, this machine
-especially claims certainty of directional control. The writer has
-seen a number of flights by this model, but it experiences, like other
-models, the greatest difficulty in keeping straight if the conditions
-be adverse.
-
-The model which will do this is, in his opinion, yet to be evolved.
-The small size of the propellers is, of course, in total disagreement
-with the author's ideas. All the same, the model is in many respects
-an excellent one, and has flown over 300 yards at the time of writing.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 60.--THE DING SAYERS MONOPLANE.]
-
-More than a year ago the author made a number of models with
-triangular-shaped aerofoils, using umbrella ribs for the leading edge
-and steel piano wire for the trailing, but has latterly used aerofoils
-of the elongated ellipse shape.
-
-Fig. 61 is an illustration of one of the author's latest models which
-won a Bronze Medal at the Long Distance Open Competition, held at the
-Crystal Palace on July 27, 1910, the largest and most keenly contested
-competition held up to that date.
-
-The best and straightest flight against the wind was made by this
-model.
-
-On the morning of the competition a flight of about 320 yards
-(measured in a straight line) was made on Mitcham Common, the model
-being launched against the wind so as to gain altitude, and then
-flying away with the breeze behind the writer. Duration of flight 50
-seconds. The following are the chief particulars of the
-model:--Weight, 71/2 oz. Area of supporting surface, 1-1/3 sq. ft.
-Total length, 4 ft. Span of main aerofoil, 25 in. Aspect ratio, 4 : 1.
-Diameter of propeller, 14 in. Two strand geared rubber motor, carrying
-altogether 28 strands of 1/16 square rubber cord 43 in. long. The
-propeller was originally a Venna, but with the weight reduced by
-one-third, and considerable alteration made in its central contours.
-The front skid of steel pianoforte wire, the rear of jointless cane
-wire tipped; the rear skid was a necessity in order to protect the
-delicate gearing mechanism, the weight of which was reduced to a
-minimum.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 61.--THE AUTHOR'S "GRASSHOPPER" MODEL.]
-
-The very large diameter of the propeller should be noted, being 56
-per cent. of the span. The fin, high above the centre of gravity, was
-so placed for transverse stability and direction. At the rear of the
-fin was a rudder. The small amount of rubber carried (for a long
-distance machine) should also be noted, especially when allowing for
-friction in gearing, etc.
-
-The central rod was a penny bamboo cane, the large aerofoil of
-jointless cane and Hart's fabric, and the front aerofoil of steel wire
-surfaced with the same material.
-
-
-LONDON: PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED, GREAT WINDMILL
-STREET, W., AND DUKE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E.
-
-FOOTNOTE:
-
-[54] The design is patented.
-
-
-
-
- _October, 1910_
-
-A SHORT LIST OF
-
-SCIENTIFIC BOOKS
-
-PUBLISHED AND SOLD BY
-
-E. & F.N. SPON, Limited,
-
-57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
-
-SOLE ENGLISH AGENTS for the Books of--
-
- MYRON C. CLARK, NEW YORK
- THE BUSINESS CODE COMPANY, CHICAGO
- SPON & CHAMBERLAIN, NEW YORK
-
-
- PAGE
- AERONAUTICS 2
- AGRICULTURE 2
- ARCHITECTURE 3
- ARTILLERY 5
- BRIDGES AND ROOFS 5
- BUILDING 3
- CEMENT AND CONCRETE 7
- CIVIL ENGINEERING 8
- DICTIONARIES 11
- DOMESTIC ECONOMY 12
- DRAWING 13
- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 14
- FOREIGN EXCHANGE 19
- GAS AND OIL ENGINES 20
- GAS LIGHTING 20
- HISTORICAL; BIOGRAPHICAL 21
- HOROLOGY 22
- HYDRAULICS 22
- INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 24
- IRRIGATION 27
- LOGARITHM TABLES 28
- MANUFACTURES 24
- MARINE ENGINEERING 28
- MATERIALS 30
- MATHEMATICS 31
- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 33
- METALLURGY 36
- METRIC TABLES 38
- MINERALOGY AND MINING 38
- MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING 45
- NAVAL ARCHITECTURE 28
- ORGANISATION 40
- PHYSICS 41
- PRICE BOOKS 42
- RAILWAY ENGINEERING 43
- SANITATION 45
- STRUCTURAL DESIGN 45
- TELEGRAPH CODES 47
- WARMING; VENTILATION 47
- WATER SUPPLY 48
- WORKSHOP PRACTICE 49
- USEFUL TABLES 52
- MISCELLANEOUS 53
-
-
- _Full particulars post free on application.
- All books are bound in cloth unless otherwise stated._
-
- _NOTE: The Prices in this Catalogue apply to books sold in
- the United Kingdom only._
-
-
- AERONAUTICS
-
- =The Atmosphere=: its characteristics and dynamics. By F.J.B.
- CORDEIRO. With 35 illus. 129 pp. medium 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Theory and Practice of Model Aeroplaning.= By V.E. JOHNSON. 61
- illus. 150 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =How to Build a 20-ft. Biplane Glider.= By A.P. MORGAN. 31
- illus. 60 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 14.) (_New
- York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Flight-Velocity.= By A. SAMUELSON. 4 plates, 42 pp. 8vo,
- sewed. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Resistance of Air and the Question of Flying.= By A.
- SAMUELSON. 23 illus. 36 pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
-
- AGRICULTURE.
-
- =Hemp.= A Practical Treatise on the Culture for Seed and Fibre.
- By S.S. BOYCE. 13 illus. 112 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =The Fertilisation of Tea.= By G.A. COWIE. With 17 illus. 68
- pp. crown 8vo, sewed. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Farm Drainage.= By H.F. FRENCH. 100 illus. 284 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Talks on Manures.= By J. HARRIS. New edition, 366 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_New York, 1893_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Coffee=, its Culture and Commerce in all Countries. By C.G.W.
- LOCK. 11 plates, 274 pp. crown 8vo. (_1888_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =Sugar, a Handbook for Planters and Refiners.= By the late J.A.
- R. NEWLANDS and B.E.R. NEWLANDS. 236 illus. 876 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_London, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 5 0
-
- =Hops=, their Cultivation, Commerce and Uses. By P.L. SIMMONDS.
- 143 pp. crown 8vo. (_1877_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =The Future of Cocoa-Planting=. By H. HAMEL SMITH. With
- illustrations, 95 pp. crown 8vo, sewed. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Estate Fences=, their Choice, Construction and Cost. By A.
- VERNON. Re-issue, 150 illus. 420 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
-
- ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING.
-
- =The Hydropathic Establishment and its Baths.= By R.O. ALLSOP.
- 8 plates, 107 pp. demy 8vo. (_1891_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =The Turkish Bath=, its Design and Construction. By R.O.
- ALLSOP. 27 illus. 152 pp. demy 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Public Abattoirs=, their Planning, Design and Equipment. By
- R.S. AYLING. 33 plates, 100 pp. demy 4to. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =The Builder's Clerk.= By T. BALES. Second edition, 92 pp.
- fcap. 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- 1 6
-
- =Glossary of Technical Terms= used in Architecture and the
- Building Trades. By G.J. BURNS. 136 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Chimney Design and Theory.= By W.W. CHRISTIE. Second edition,
- 54 illus. 200 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Approximate Estimates.= By T.E. COLEMAN. Third edition, 481
- pp. oblong 32mo, leather. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Stable Sanitation and Construction.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 183
- illus. 226 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =Architectural Examples= in Brick, Stone, Wood and Iron. By W.
- FULLERTON. Third edition, 245 plates, 254 pp. demy 4to.
- (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 15 0
-
- =Bricklaying System.= By F.B. GILBRETH. Fully illustrated, 321
- pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Field System.= By F.B. GILBRETH. 194 pp. 12mo leather. (_New
- York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =The Building Trades Pocket Book.= Compiled by R. HALL. 12mo.
- With interchangeable diary
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- Ditto ditto, in leather
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =The Clerk of Works' Vade Mecum.= By G.G. HOSKINS. Seventh
- edition, 52 pp. fcap. 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- 1 6
-
- =A Handbook of Formulae, Tables, and Memoranda=, for
- Architectural Surveyors and others engaged in Building. By J.T.
- HURST. Fifteenth edition, 512 pp. royal 32mo, roan. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Quantity Surveying=, for the Use of Surveyors, Architects,
- Engineers and Builders. By J. LEANING. Fifth edition, 936 pp.
- demy 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 1 5 0
-
- =Obstruction to Light.= A Graphic Method of determining
- Problems of Ancient Lights. By H.B. MOLESWORTH. 9 folding
- plates, 4to. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =Suburban Houses.= A series of practical plans. By J.H.
- PEARSON. 46 plates and 12 pp. text, crown 4to. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Solid Bitumens=, their Physical and Chemical Properties and
- Chemical Analysis. By S.F. PECKHAM. 23 illus. 324 pp. 8vo.
- (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Roman Architecture, Sculpture and Ornament.= By G.B. PIRANESI.
- 200 plates, reproduced in facsimile from the original. 2 vols.
- Imperial folio, in wrappers. (_1900_)
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =The Seven Periods of English Architecture=, defined and
- illustrated. By E. SHARPE. Third edition, 20 steel plates,
- royal 8vo. (_1888_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =Our Factories, Workshops and Warehouses=, their Sanitary and
- Fire-Resisting Arrangements. By B.H. THWAITE. 183 illus. 282
- pp. crown 8vo. (_1882_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Elementary Principles of Carpentry.= By T. TREDGOLD and J.T.
- HURST. Eleventh edition, 48 plates, 517 pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =Practical Stair Building and Handrailing.= By W.H. WOOD. 32
- plates, 91 pp. crown 4to. (_1894_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Spons' Architects' and Builders' Pocket Price-Book=,
- Memoranda, Tables and Prices. Edited by CLYDE YOUNG. Revised by
- STANFORD M. BROOKS. Illustrated, 552 pp. 16mo, leather cloth
- (size 61/2 in. by 33/4 in. by 1/2 in. thick). Issued annually
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Heating Engineers' Quantities.= By W.L. WHITE and G.M. WHITE.
- 4 plates, 33 pp. folio. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
-
- ARTILLERY.
-
- =Guns and Gun Making Material.= By G. EDE. Crown 8vo. (_1889_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Treatise on Application of Wire to Construction of Ordnance.=
- By J.A. LONGRIDGE. 180 pp. 8vo. (_1884_)
-
- 1 5 0
-
- =The Progress of Artillery: Naval Guns.= By J.A. LONGRIDGE.
- 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =The Field Gun of the Future.= By J.A. LONGRIDGE. 8vo, sewed.
- (_1892_)
-
- 2 6
-
-
- BRIDGES, ARCHES, ROOFS, AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN.
-
- =Strains in Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. Fourth edition, 8 plates, 65
- pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =The Practical Designing of Structural Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. 13
- plates, 194 pp. 8vo. (_1894_)
-
- 8 6
-
- =Designing Ironwork.= By HENRY ADAMS. Second series. 8vo, sewed.
-
- Part I. A Steel Box Girder. (_1894_)
-
- _net_ 0 9
-
- " II. Built-up Steel Stanchions. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 1 3
-
- " III. Cisterns and Tanks. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- " IV. A Fireproof Floor. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =A Practical Treatise on Segmental and Elliptical Oblique or Skew
- Arches.= By G.J. BELL. Second edition, 17 plates, 125 pp. royal 8vo.
- (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Economics of Construction in relation to Framed Structures.= By R.H.
- Bow. Third thousand, 16 plates, 88 pp. 8vo. (1873)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Theory of Voussoir Arches.= By Prof. W. CAIN. Third edition, 201 pp.
- 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =New Formulae for the Loads and Deflections= of Solid Beams and
- Girders. By W. DONALDSON. Second edition, 8vo. (_1872_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =Plate Girder Railway Bridges.= By M. FITZMAURICE. 4 plates, 104 pp.
- 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Pocket Book of Calculations in Stresses.= By E.M. GEORGE. 66 illus.
- 140 pp. royal 32mo, half roan. (_1895_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Strains on Braced Iron Arches= and Arched Iron Bridges. By A.S.
- HEAFORD. 39 pp. 8vo. (_1883_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Tables for Roof Framing.= By G.D. INSKIP. Second edition, 451 pp.
- 8vo, leather. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Stresses in Girder and Roof Frames,= for both dead and live loads,
- by simple Multiplication, etc. By F.R. JOHNSON. 28 plates, 215 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1894_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =A Graphical Method for Swing Bridges.= By B.F. LA RUE. 4 plates, 104
- pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1892_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Notes on Cylinder Bridge Piers= and the Well System of Foundations.
- By J. NEWMAN. 144 pp. 8vo. (_1893_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =A New Method of Graphic Statics= applied in the Construction of
- Wrought Iron Girders. By E. OLANDER. 16 plates, small folio. (_1887_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Reference Book for Statical Calculations.= By F. RUFF. With diagrams,
- 140 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Strength and Proportion of Riveted Joints.= By B.B. STONEY. 87
- pp. 8vo. (_1885_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =The Anatomy of Bridgework.= By W.H. THORPE. 103 illus. 190 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
-
- CEMENT AND CONCRETE.
-
- =Portland Cement:= its Manufacture, Testing and Use. By D.B. BUTLER.
- Second edition, 97 illus. 396 pp. demy 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 16 0
-
- =Theory of Steel-Concrete Arches= and of Vaulted Structures. By W.
- CAIN. Fourth edition, 27 illus. 212 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York,
- 1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Cement Users' and Buyers' Guide.= By CALCARE. 115 pp. 32mo, cloth.
- (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Diagrams for Designing Reinforced Concrete Structures.= By G.F.
- DODGE. 31 illus. 104 pp. oblong folio. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 17 0
-
- =Cements, Mortars, and Concretes;= their Physical properties. By M.S.
- FALK. 78 illus. 176 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Concrete Construction, Methods and Cost.= By H.P. GILLETTE and C.S.
- HILL. 310 illus. 690 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Engineers' Pocket-Book of Reinforced Concrete.= By E.L. HEIDENREICH.
- 164 illus. 364 pp. crown 8vo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Concrete Inspection.= By C.S. HILL. Illustrated, 179 pp. 12mo. (_New
- York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Reinforced Concrete.= By E. MCCULLOCH. 28 illus. 128 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Concrete and Reinforced Concrete.= By H.A. REID. 715 illus. 884 pp.
- royal 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 21 0
-
- =Theory and Design of Reinforced Concrete Arches.= By A. REUTERDAHL.
- 41 illus. 126 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Practical Cement Testing.= By W.P. TAYLOR. With 142 illus. 329 pp.
- demy 8vo. (New York, 1906)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Concrete Bridges and Culverts.= By H.G. TYRRELL. 66 illus. 251 pp.
- crown 8vo, leather
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
-
- CIVIL ENGINEERING.
-
- CANALS, SURVEYING.
-
- (_See also_ IRRIGATION _and_ WATER SUPPLY.)
-
- =Practical Hints to Young Engineers Employed on Indian Railways.= By
- A.W.C. ADDIS. With 14 illus. 154 pp. 12mo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Levelling,= Barometric, Trigonometric and Spirit. By I.O. BAKER.
- Second edition, 15 illus. 145 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_) ..
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Notes on Instruments= best suited for Engineering Field Work in India
- and the Colonies. By W.G. BLIGH. 65 illus. 218 pp. 8vo. (_1899_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =The Sextant and other Reflecting Mathematical Instruments.= By
- F.R. BRAINARD. 33 illus. 120 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1891_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Practical Designing of Retaining Walls.= By Prof. W. CAIN. Fifth
- edition, 14 illus. 172 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =The Maintenance of Macadamised Roads.= By T. CODRINGTON. Second
- edition, 186 pp. 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Retaining Walls in Theory and Practice.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 104 illus.
- 160 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Barometrical Determination of Heights.= By F.J.B. CORDEIRO.
- Crown 8vo, limp leather. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =On Curved Masonry Dams.= By W.B. COVENTRY. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =A Practical Method of Determining the Profile of a Masonry Dam.= By
- W.B. COVENTRY. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =The Stresses on Masonry Dams= (oblique sections). By W.B. COVENTRY.
- 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =Tables for facilitating the Calculation of Earthworks.= By D.
- CUNNINGHAM. 120 pp. royal 8vo
- 10 6
-
- =Handbook of Cost Data for Contractors and Engineers.= By H.P.
- GILLETTE. 1854 pp. crown 8vo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Rock Excavation, Methods and Cost.= By H.P. GILLETTE. 56 illus. 376
- pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =High Masonry Dams.= By E.S. GOULD. With illus. 88 pp. 18mo, boards.
- (_New York, 1897_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Grace's Tables for Curves,= with hints to young engineers. 8 figures,
- 43 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Grace's Earthwork Tables.= 36 double-page tables, 4to. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Railway Tunnelling= in Heavy Ground. By C. GRIPPER. 3 plates, 66 pp.
- royal 8vo. (_1879_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Levelling and its General Application.= By T. HOLLOWAY. Second
- edition, 53 illus. 147 pp. 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Waterways and Water Transport= in different Countries. By J.S. JEANS.
- 55 illus. 520 pp. 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- _net_ 9 0
-
- =Table of Barometrical Heights to 20,000 Feet.= By W.H. MACKESY, with
- some practical suggestions by Sir Guildford Molesworth. 1 plate, 24
- pp. royal 32mo. (_1882_)
-
- 3 0
-
- =Aid Book to Engineering Enterprise.= By E. MATHESON. Third edition,
- illustrated, 916 pp. medium 8vo, buckram. (_1898_)
-
- 1 4 0
-
- =A Treatise on Surveying.= By R.E. MIDDLETON and O. CHADWICK. Second
- edition, royal 8vo.
-
- Part I. 11 plates, 296 pp. (_1904_)
-
- 10 6
-
- " II. Fully illustrated, 334 pp. (_1906_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =A Pocket Book of Useful Formulae and Memoranda,= for Civil and
- Mechanical Engineers. By Sir G.L. MOLESWORTH and H.B. MOLESWORTH. With
- an Electrical Supplement by W.H. MOLESWORTH. Twenty-sixth edition, 760
- illus. 901 pp. royal 32mo, French morocco, gilt edges. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Pocket Books of Sir G.L. Molesworth and J.T. Hurst,= printed on
- India paper and bound in one vol. Royal 32mo, russia, gilt edges.
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Metallic Structures: Corrosion and Fouling and their Prevention.= By
- J. NEWMAN. Illustrated, 385 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Scamping Tricks and Odd Knowledge= occasionally practised upon Public
- Works. By J. NEWMAN. New impression, 129 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Earthwork Slips and Subsidences= on Public Works. By J. NEWMAN.
- 240 pp. crown 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Co-ordinate Geometry= as applied to Land Surveying. By W. PILKINGTON.
- 5 illus. 44 pp. 12mo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Diagrams for the Graphic Calculation of Earthwork Quantities.= By
- A.H. ROBERTS. Ten cards, fcap. in cloth case
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Pioneering.= By F. SHELFORD, illustrated. 88 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Topographical Surveying.= By G.J. SPECHT. Second edition, 2 plates
- and 28 illus. 210 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Spons' Dictionary of Engineering,= Civil, Mechanical, Military and
- Naval. 10,000 illus. 4300 pp. super royal 8vo. (_1874, Supplement
- issued in 1881_). Complete with Supplement, in 11 divisions
-
- _net_ 3 10 0
-
- Ditto ditto in 4 vols.
-
- _net_ 3 3 0
-
- =Surveying and Levelling Instruments.= By W.F. STANLEY. Third edition,
- 372 illus. 562 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Surveyor's Handbook.= By T.U. TAYLOR. 116 illus. 310 pp. crown 8vo,
- leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Logarithmic Land Measurement.= By J. WALLACE. 32 pp. royal 8vo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Hints on Levelling Operations.= By W.H. WELLS. Second edition, 8vo,
- sewed. (_1890_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =The Drainage of Fens and Low Lands= by Gravitation and Steam Power.
- By W.H. WHEELER. 8 plates, 175 pp. 8vo. (_1888_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =Stadia Surveying,= the theory of Stadia Measurements. By A. WINSLOW.
- Fifth edition, 148 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Handbook on Tacheometrical Surveying.= By C. XYDIS. 55 illus. 3
- plates, 63 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
-
- DICTIONARIES.
-
- =Technological Dictionary in the English, Spanish, German and French
- Languages.= By D. CARLOS HUELIN Y ARSSU. Crown 8vo.
-
- Vol. I. ENGLISH-SPANISH-GERMAN-FRENCH.
- 609 pp. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- Vol. II. GERMAN-ENGLISH-FRENCH-SPANISH.
- 720 pp. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- Vol. III. FRENCH-GERMAN-SPANISH-ENGLISH.
- In preparation.
-
- Vol. IV. SPANISH-FRENCH-ENGLISH-GERMAN.
- 750 pp. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =English-French and French-English Dictionary of the Motor-Car, Cycle
- and Boat.= By F. LUCAS. 171 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Spanish-English Dictionary of Mining Terms.= By F. LUCAS. 78 pp. 8vo.
- (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =English-Russian and Russian-English Engineering Dictionary.= By L.
- MEYCLIAR. 100 pp. 16mo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Reed's Polyglot Guide to the Marine Engine,= in English, French,
- German and Norsk. Second edition, oblong 8vo. (_1900_).
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
-
- DOMESTIC ECONOMY.
-
- =Food Adulteration and its Detection.= By J.P. BATTERSHALL. 12 plates,
- 328 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1887_)
-
- 15 0
-
- =How to Check Electricity Bills.= By S.W. BORDEN. 41 illus. 54 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Practical Hints on Taking a House.= By H.P. BOULNOIS. 71 pp. 18mo.
- (_1885_)
-
- 1 6
-
- =The Cooking Range,= its Failings and Remedies. By F. DYE. 52 pp.
- fcap. 8vo, sewed. (_1888_)
-
- 0 6
-
- =The Kitchen Boiler and Water Pipes.= By H. GRIMSHAW. 8vo, sewed.
- (_1887_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Cookery and Domestic Management,= including economic and middle class
- Practical Cookery. By K. MELLISH. 56 coloured plates and 441 illus.
- 987 pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 16 0
-
- =Spons' Household Manual.= 250 illus. 1043 pp. demy 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- 7 6
-
- Ditto ditto half-bound French morocco
-
- 9 0
-
- =Handbook of Sanitary Information= for Householders. By R.S. TRACY. 33
- illus. 114 pp. 18mo. (_New York, 1900_)
-
- 2 6
-
-
- DRAWING.
-
- =The Ornamental Penman's,= Engraver's and Sign Writer's Pocket Book of
- Alphabets. By B. ALEXANDER. Oblong 12mo, sewed
-
- 0 6
-
- =The Draughtsman's Handbook= of Plan and Map Drawing. By G.G. ANDRE.
- 87 illus. and 34 plain and coloured plates, 162 pp. crown 4to.
- (_1891_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Slide Valve Diagrams:= a French Method for their Construction. By L.
- BANKSON. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1892_) . . .
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =A System of Easy Lettering.= By J.H. CROMWELL. With Supplement by G.
- MARTIN. Sixth thousand, oblong 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Plane Geometrical Drawing.= BY R.C. FAWDRY. Illustrated, 185 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Twelve Plates on Projection Drawing.= By O. GUETH. Oblong 4to. (_New
- York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Hints on Architectural Draughtsmanship.= By G.W.T. HALLATT. Fourth
- edition, 80 pp. 18mo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =A First Course of Mechanical Drawing= (Tracing). By G. HALLIDAY.
- Oblong 4to, sewed
-
- 2 0
-
- =Drawings for Medium-sized Repetition Work.= By R.D. SPINNEY. With 47
- illus. 130 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Mathematical Drawing Instruments.= By W.F. STANLEY. Seventh edition,
- 265 illus. 370 pp. crown 8vo. (_1900_)
-
- 5 0
-
-
- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
-
- =Practical Electric Bell Fitting.= By F.C. ALLSOP. Tenth edition, 186
- illus. including 8 folding plates, 185 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Telephones:= their Construction and Fitting. By F.C. ALLSOP. Eighth
- edition, 184 illus. 222 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Thermo-electric Reactions= and Currents between Metals in Fused
- Salts. By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
-
- 1 0
-
- =Auto-Transformer Design.= By A.H. AVERY. 25 illus. 60 pp. 8vo.
- (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Principles of Electric Power= (Continuous Current) for Mechanical
- Engineers. By A.H. BATE. 63 illus. 204 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
- (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Practical Construction of Electric Tramways.= By WILLIAM R. BOWKER.
- 93 illus. 119 pp. 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =Design and Construction of Induction Coils.= By A.F. COLLINS. 155
- illus. 272 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Switchboard Measuring Instruments= for Continuous and Polyphase
- Currents. By J.C. CONNAN. 117 illus. 150 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Electric Cables, their Construction and Cost.= By D. COYLE and F.J.
- O. HOWE. With many diagrams and 216 tables, 467 pp. crown 8vo,
- leather. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 15 0
-
- =Management of Electrical Machinery.= By F.B. CROCKER and S.S.
- WHEELER. Eighth edition, 131 illus. 223 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York,
- 1909_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electric Lighting:= A Practical Exposition of the Art. By F.B.
- CROCKER. Royal 8vo. (_New York._)
-
- Vol. I. =The Generating Plant.= Sixth edition, 213 illus. 470
- pp. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- Vol. II. =Distributing Systems and Lamps.= Second edition, 391
- illus. 505 pp. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =The Care and Management of Ignition Accumulators.= By H.H.U. CROSS.
- 12 illus. 74 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 19.) (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Elementary Telegraphy and Telephony.= By ARTHUR CROTCH. 238 illus.
- 223 pp. 8vo. (_1903._) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electricity and Magnetism in Telephone Maintenance.= By G.W.
- CUMMINGS. 45 illus. 137 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_) . ..
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Grouping of Electric Cells.= By W.F. DUNTON. 4 illus. 50 pp. fcap.
- 8vo. (1906)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- MAGNETS AND ELECTRIC CURRENTS. By Prof. J.A. FLEMING. Second edition,
- 136 illus. 417 pp. crown 8vo (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Notes on Design of Small Dynamo.= By GEORGE HALLIDAY. Second edition,
- 8 plates, 8vo. (_1895_) 2 6 =Practical Alternating Currents and Power
- Transmission.= By N. HARRISON. 172 illus. 375 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Making Wireless Outfits.= By N. HARRISON. 27 illus. 61 pp. crown 8vo,
- limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 11.) (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Wireless Telephone Construction.= By N. HARRISON. 43 illus. 73 pp.
- crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. Series, No. 12.) (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =The Phoenix Fire Office Rules= for Electric Light and Electrical
- Power Installations. By M. HEAPHY. Thirty-seventh edition, 8vo, sewed.
- (_1908_)
-
- 0 6
-
- =Testing Telegraph Cables.= By Colonel V. HOSKIOER. Third edition,
- crown 8vo. (_1889_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =Long Distance Electric Power Transmission.= By R.W. HUTCHINSON. 136
- illus. 345 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Theory and Practice of Electric Wiring.= By W.S. IBBETSON. 119 illus.
- 366 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Practical Electrical Engineering for Elementary Students.= By W.S.
- IBBETSON. With 61 illus. 155 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =General Rules recommended for Wiring= for the Supply of Electrical
- Energy. Issued by THE INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS. 8vo, sewed.
- (_Revised, April 1907_)
-
- _net_ 0 6
-
- =Form of Model General Conditions= recommended by THE INSTITUTION OF
- ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS for use in connection with Electrical Contracts.
- 8vo, sewed. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =A Handbook of Electrical Testing.= By H.R. KEMPE. Seventh edition,
- 285 illus. 706 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
- =Application of Electricity to Railway Working.= By W.E. LANGDON.
- 142 illus. and 5 plates, 347 pp. 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =How to Become a Competent Motorman.= By V.B. LIVERMORE and J.
- WILLIAMS. 45 illus. 252 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electromagnets,= their design and construction. By A.N. MANSFIELD. 36
- illus. 155 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Telephone Construction, Methods and Cost.= By C. MAYER. With
- Appendices on the cost of materials and labour by J.C. SLIPPY. 103
- illus. 284 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Induction Coils.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. Second edition, 79 illus. 285
- pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electric Gas Lighting.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 57 illus. 101 pp. 12mo.
- (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 8.) (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =How to Install Electric Bells, Annunciators and Alarms.= By N.H.
- SCHNEIDER. 59 illus. 63 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 2.)
- (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Modern Primary Batteries,= their construction, use and maintenance.
- By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 54 illus. 94 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES,
- NO. 1.) (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Practical Engineers' Handbook on the Care and Management of Electric
- Power Plants.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 203 illus. 274 pp. crown 8vo. (_New
- York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Electrical Circuits and Diagrams,= illustrated and explained. By N.H.
- SCHNEIDER. 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NOS. 3 AND 4.) (_New York_)
-
- Part 1. 217 illus. 72 pp. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- Part 2. 73 pp. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Electrical Instruments and Testing.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. Third
- edition. 133 illus. 239 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Experimenting with Induction Coils.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 26 illus. 73
- pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 5.) (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Study of Electricity for Beginners.= By N.H. SCHNEIDER. 54 illus. 88
- pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 6.) (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Practical Electrics:= a Universal Handybook on Every Day Electrical
- Matters. Seventh edition, 126 illus. 135 pp. 8vo. (S. & C. SERIES, NO.
- 13.) (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =The Voltaic Accumulator:= an elementary treatise. By E. REYNIER.
- Translated from the French by J.A. BERLY. 62 illus. 202 pp. 8vo
-
- 9 0
-
- =Dry Batteries:= how to Make and Use them. By a DRY BATTERY EXPERT.
- With additional notes by N.H. SCHNEIDER. 30 illus. 59 pp. crown 8vo,
- sewed. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 7.) (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =The Diseases of Electrical Machinery.= By E. SCHULZ. Edited, with a
- Preface, by Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 42 illus. 84 pp. crown 8vo
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Electric Toy-Making.= By T.O. SLOANE. Fifteenth edition, 70 illus.
- 183 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electricity Simplified.= By T.O. SLOANE. Tenth edition, 29 illus. 158
- pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =How to become a Successful Electrician.= By T.O. SLOANE. Third
- edition, illustrated, crown 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Electricity:= its Theory, Sources and Applications. By J.T. SPRAGUE.
- Third edition, 109 illus. 658 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Telegraphic Connections.= By C. THOM and W.H. JONES. 20 plates, 59
- pp. oblong 8vo. (_New York, 1892_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Roentgen Rays= and Phenomena of the Anode and Cathode. By E.P.
- THOMPSON and W.A. ANTHONY. 105 illus. 204 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1896_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Dynamo Electric Machinery.= By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. Seventh edition,
- demy 8vo. (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.)
-
- Vol. I. =Continuous-Current Machinery.= With 4 coloured and 30
- folding plates, 573 illus. 984 pp. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 1 10 0
-
- Vol. II. =Alternating Current Machinery.= 15 coloured and 24
- folding plates, 546 illus. 900 pp. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 10 0
-
- =Design of Dynamos= (Continuous Currents). By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 4
- coloured and 8 folding plates, 243 pp. demy 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 12 0
-
- =Schedule for Dynamo Design,= issued with the above. 6_d_. each, 4_s_.
- per doz., or 18_s_. per 100 _net_
-
- =Curves of Magnetic Data for Various Materials.= A reprint on
- transparent paper for office use of Plate L from Dynamo Electric
- Machinery, and measuring 25 in. by 16 in.
-
- _net_ 0 7
-
- =The Electromagnet.= By C.R. UNDERHILL. 67 illus. 159 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Practical Guide to the Testing of Insulated Wires and Cables.= By
- H.L. WEBB. Fifth edition, 38 illus. 118 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York,
- 1902_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
-
- FOREIGN EXCHANGE.
-
- =English Prices with Russian Equivalents= (at Fourteen Rates of
- Exchange). English prices per lb., with equivalents in roubles and
- kopecks per pood. By A. ADIASSEWICH. 182 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan.
- (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =English Prices with German Equivalents= (at Seven Rates of Exchange).
- English prices per lb., with equivalents in marks per kilogramme. By
- St. KOCZOROWSKI. 95 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =English Prices with Spanish Equivalents.= At Seven Rates of Exchange.
- English prices per lb., with equivalents in pesetas per kilogramme. By
- S. LAMBERT. 95 pp. 32mo, roan. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =English Prices with French Equivalents= (at Seven Rates of Exchange).
- English prices per lb. to francs per kilogramme. By H.P. MCCARTNEY. 97
- pp. 32mo, roan. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Principles of Foreign Exchange.= By E. MATHESON. Fourth edition, 54
- pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 0 3
-
-
- GAS AND OIL ENGINES.
-
- =The Theory of the Gas Engine.= By D. CLERK. Edited by F.E. IDELL.
- Third edition, 19 illus. 180 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =The Design and Construction of Oil Engines.= By A.H. GOLDINGHAM.
- Third edition, 112 illus. 260 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Gas Engine in Principle and Practice.= By A.H. GOLDINGHAM. 107 illus.
- 195 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Practical Hand-Book on the Care and Management of Gas Engines.= By
- G. LIECKFELD. Third edition, square 16mo. (_New York, 1896_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Elements of Gas Engine Design.= By S.A. MOSS. 197 pp. 18mo, boards.
- (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Gas and Petroleum Engines.= A Manual for Students and Engineers.
- (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.) By Prof. W. ROBINSON. _Third edition in
- preparation_
-
-
- GAS LIGHTING.
-
- =Gas Analyst's Manual= (incorporating Hartley's "Gas Analyst's Manual"
- and "Gas Measurement"). By J. ABADY. 102 illustrations, 576 pp. demy
- 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
- =Gas Works:= their Arrangement, Construction, Plant and Machinery. By
- F. COLYER. 31 folding plates, 134 pp. 8vo. (_1884_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Transactions of the Institution of Gas Engineers.= Edited by WALTER
- T. DUNN, _Secretary_. Published annually. 8vo
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Lighting by Acetylene.= By F. DYE. 75 illus. 200 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =A Comparison of the English and French Methods of Ascertaining the
- Illuminating Power of Coal Gas.= By A.J. VAN EIJNDHOVEN. Illustrated,
- crown 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 4 0
-
- =Gas Lighting and Gas Fitting.= By W.P. GERHARD. Second edition, 190
- pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1894_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =A Treatise on the Comparative Commercial Values of Gas Coals and
- Cannels.= By D.A. GRAHAM. 3 plates, 100 pp. 8vo. (_1882_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =The Gas Engineer's Laboratory Handbook.= By J. HORNBY. Third edition,
- revised, 70 illus. 330 pp. crown 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
-
- HISTORICAL AND BIOGRAPHICAL.
-
- =Extracts from the Private Letters of the late Sir William Fothergill
- Cooke,= 1836-9, relating to the Invention and Development of the
- Electric Telegraph; also a Memoir by LATIMER CLARK. Edited by F.H.
- WEBB. Sec. Inst.E.E. 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 3 0
-
- =A Chronology of Inland Navigation= in Great Britain. By H.R. DE
- SALIS. Crown 8vo. (1897)
-
- 4 6
-
- =A History of Electric Telegraphy= to the year 1837. By J.J. FAHIE. 35
- illus. 542 pp. crown 8vo. (_1889_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =History and Development of Steam Locomotion on Common Roads.= By W.
- FLETCHER. 109 illus. 288 pp. 8vo
-
- 5 0
-
- =Life as an Engineer:= its Lights, Shades, and Prospects. By J.W.C.
- HALDANE. 23 plates, 338 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Philipp Reis,= Inventor of the Telephone: a Biographical Sketch. By
- Prof. S.P. THOMPSON. 8vo, cloth. (_1883_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =The Development of the Mercurial Air Pump.= By Prof. S.P. THOMPSON.
- Illustrated, royal 8vo, sewed. (_1888_)
-
- 1 6
-
-
- HOROLOGY.
-
- =Watch and Clock Maker's Handbook,= Dictionary and Guide. By F.J.
- BRITTEN. Tenth edition, 450 illus. 492 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Springing and Adjusting of Watches.= By F.J. BRITTEN. 75 illus.
- 152 pp. crown 8vo. (_1898_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Prize Essay on the Balance Spring= and its Isochronal Adjustments. By
- M. IMMISCH. 7 illus. 50 pp. crown 8vo. (_1872_)
-
- 2 6
-
-
- HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY.
-
- (_See also_ WATER SUPPLY.)
-
- =Pumps:= Historically, Theoretically and Practically Considered. By
- P.R. BJOeRLING. Second edition, 156 illus. 234 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Pump Details.= By P.R. BJOeRLING. 278 illus. 211 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1892_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Pumps and Pump Motors:= A Manual for the use of Hydraulic Engineers.
- By P.R. BJOeRLING. Two vols. 261 plates, 369 pp. royal 4to. (_1895_).
-
- _net_ 1 10 0
-
- =Practical Handbook on Pump Construction.= By P.R. BJOeRLING. Second
- edition, 9 plates, 90 pp. crown 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Water or Hydraulic Motors.= By P.R. BJOeRLING. 206 illus. 287 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Hydraulic Machinery,= with an Introduction to Hydraulics. By R.G.
- BLAINE. Second edition with 307 illus. 468 pp. 8vo. (FINSBURY
- TECHNICAL MANUAL). (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 14 0
-
- =Practical Hydraulics.= By T. BOX. Fifteenth edition, 8 plates, 88 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Hydraulic, Steam, and Hand Power Lifting and Pressing Machinery.= By
- F. COLYER. Second edition, 88 plates, 211 pp. imperial 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Pumps and Pumping Machinery.= By F. COLYER.
-
- Vol. I. Second edition, 53 plates, 212 pp. 8vo (_1892_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- Vol. II. Second edition, 48 plates, 169 pp. 8vo. (_1900_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Construction of Horizontal and Vertical Water-wheels.= By W. CULLEN.
- Second edition, small 4to. (_1871_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Donaldson's Poncelet Turbine= and Water Pressure Engine and Pump.
- By W. DONALDSON. 4to. (_1883_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Principles of Construction and Efficiency of Water-wheels.= By W.
- DONALDSON. 13 illus. 94 pp. 8vo. (_1876_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Practical Hydrostatics and Hydrostatic Formulae.= By E.S. GOULD. 27
- illus. 114 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Hydraulic and other Tables= for purposes of Sewerage and Water
- Supply. By T. HENNELL. Third edition, 70 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Hydraulic Tables= for finding the Mean Velocity and Discharge in Open
- Channels. By T. HIGHAM. Second edition, 90 pp. super-royal 8vo.
- (_1898_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Tables for Calculating the Discharge of Water= in Pipes for Water and
- Power Supplies. Indexed at side for ready reference. By A.E. SILK. 63
- pp. crown 8vo. (_1899_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Simple Hydraulic Formulae.= By T.W. STONE. 9 plates, 98 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1881_)
-
- 4 0
-
-
- INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY AND MANUFACTURES.
-
- =Perfumes and their Preparation.= By G.W. ASKINSON. Translated from
- the Third German Edition by I. FUEST. Third edition, 32 illus. 312 pp.
- 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Brewing Calculations,= Gauging and Tabulation. By C.H. BATER. 340 pp.
- 64mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1897_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =A Pocket Book for Chemists,= Chemical Manufacturers, Metallurgists,
- Dyers, Distillers, etc. By T. BAYLEY. Seventh edition, 550 pp. royal
- 32mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Practical Receipts= for the Manufacturer, the Mechanic, and for
- Home use. By Dr. H.R. BERKELEY and W.M. WALKER. 250 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =A Treatise on the Manufacture of Soap and Candles,= Lubricants and
- Glycerine. By W.L. CARPENTER and H. LEASK. Second edition, 104 illus.
- 456 pp. crown 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =A Text Book of Paper Making.= By C.F. CROSS and E.J. BEVAN. Third
- edition, 97 illus. 411 pp. crown 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =C.B.S. Standard Units and Standard Paper Tests.= By C.F. CROSS, E.J.
- BEVAN, C. BEADLE and R.W. SINDALL. 25 pp. crown 4to. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Soda Fountain Requisites.= A Practical Receipt Book for Druggists,
- Chemists, etc. By G.H. DUBELLE. Third edition, 157 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =The Chemistry of Fire= and Fire Prevention. By H. and H. INGLE. 45
- illus. 290 pp. crown 8vo. (_1900_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Ice-Making Machines.= By M. Ledoux and others. Sixth edition. 190 pp.
- 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Brewing with Raw Grain.= By T.W. Lovibond. 75 pp. crown 8vo. (1883)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Sugar, a Handbook for Planters and Refiners.= By the late J.A.R.
- NEWLANDS and B.E.R. NEWLANDS. 236 illus. 876 pp. demy 8vo. (_London,
- 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 5 0
-
- =Principles of Leather Manufacture.= By Prof. H.R. PROCTER. 101 illus.
- 520 pp. medium 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
- =Leather Industries Laboratory Handbook= of Analytical and
- Experimental methods. By H.R. PROCTER. Second edition, 4 plates, 46
- illus. 450 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
- =Theoretical and Practical Ammonia Refrigeration.= By I.I. REDWOOD.
- Sixth thousand, 15 illus. 146 pp. square 16mo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Breweries and Maltings.= By G. SCAMMELL and F. COLYER. Second
- edition, 20 plates, 178 pp. 8vo. (_1880_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =Factory Glazes for Ceramic Engineers.= By H. RUM-BELLOW. Folio.
- Series A, Leadless Sanitary Glazes. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =Text Book of Physical Chemistry.= By C.L. SPEYERS. 224 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_New York, 1898_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Spons' Encyclopaedia of the Industrial Arts,= Manufactures and
- Commercial Products. 1500 illus. 2100 pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1882_) In
- 2 Vols. cloth
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =Pigments, Paints and Painting.= By G. TERRY. 49 illus. 392 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_1893_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Tables for the Quantitative Estimation of the Sugars.= By E. WEIN and
- W. FREW. Crown 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Workshop Receipts.= For the use of Manufacturers, Mechanics and
- Scientific Amateurs. New and thoroughly revised edition, crown 8vo.
- (_1909_) each
-
- _each net_ 3 0
-
- Vol. I. ACETYLENE LIGHTING _to_ DRYING. 223 illus. 532 pp.
-
- Vol. II. DYEING _to_ JAPANNING. 259 illus. 540 pp.
-
- Vol. III. JOINTING PIPES _to_ PUMPS. 256 illus. 528 pp.
-
- Vol. IV. RAINWATER SEPARATORS _to_ WINES. 250 illus. 520 pp.
-
- =Practical Handbook on the Distillation of Alcohol from Farm
- Products.= By F.B. WRIGHT. Second edition, 60 illus. 271 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_New York, 1907_) ... ...
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =The Manufacture of Chocolate= and other Cacao Preparations. By P.
- ZIPPERER. Second edition, 87 illus. 280 pp. royal 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 16 0
-
-
- IRRIGATION.
-
- =The Irrigation Works of India.= By R.B. BUCKLEY. Second edition, with
- coloured maps and plans. 336 pp. 4to, cloth. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =Facts, Figures, and Formulae for Irrigation Engineers.= By R.B.
- BUCKLEY. With illus. 239 pp. large 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Irrigated India.= By Hon. ALFRED DEAKIN. With Map, 322 pp. 8vo.
- (_1893_)
-
- 8 6
-
- =Indian Storage Reservoirs,= with Earthen Dams. By W.L. STRANGE. 14
- plates and 53 illus. 379 pp. demy 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Irrigation Farming.= By L.M. WILCOX. Revised edition, 113 illus. 494
- pp. crown 8vo. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Egyptian Irrigation.= By Sir W. WILLCOCKS. Second edition out of
- Print. _A few copies of the First Edition (_1889_) are still
- to be had. Price 15s. net._
-
- =The Nile Reservoir Dam at Assuan,= and After. By Sir
- _W. WILLCOCKS._ Second edition, 13 plates, super-royal 8vo.
- (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =The Assuan Reservoir and Lake Moeris.= By Sir W. WILLCOCKS. With text
- in English, French and Arabic. 5 plates, 116 pp. super-royal 8vo.
- (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Nile in 1904.= By Sir W. Willcocks. 30 plates, 200 pp.
- super-royal 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 9 0
-
-
- LOGARITHM TABLES.
-
- =Aldum's Pocket Folding Mathematical Tables.= Four-figure logarithms,
- and Anti-logarithms, Natural Sines, Tangents, Cotangents, Cosines,
- Chords and Radians for all angles from 1 to 90 degrees. On folding
- card. _Net_ 4_d._ 20 copies, _net_ 6_s._
-
- =Tables of Seven-figure Logarithms= of the Natural Numbers from 1 to
- 108,000. By C. BABBAGE. Stereotype edition, 8vo
-
- 7 6
-
- =Short Logarithmic= and other Tables. By W.C. UNWIN. Fourth edition,
- small 4to
-
- 3 0
-
- =Logarithmic Land Measurement.= By J. WALLACE. 32 pp. royal 8vo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =A.B.C. Five-figure Logarithms with Tables, for Chemists.= By C.J.
- WOODWARD. Crown 8vo
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =A.B.C. Five-figure Logarithms= for general use, with lateral index
- for ready reference. By C.J. WOODWARD. Second edition, with cut
- lateral Index, 116 pp. 12mo, limp leather
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
-
- MARINE ENGINEERING AND NAVAL ARCHITECTURE.
-
- =Marine Propellers.= By S.W. BARNABY. Fifth edition, 5 plates, 56
- illus. 185 pp. demy 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Marine Engineer's Record Book:= Engines. By B.C. BARTLEY. 8vo, roan
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Engineer's and Draughtsman's Data Book= for Workshop and Office
- Use. Third edition, crown 8vo, roan
-
- 3 0
-
- =Yachting Hints,= Tables and Memoranda. By A.C. FRANKLIN. Waistcoat
- pocket size, 103 pp. 64mo, roan, gilt edges
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Steamship Coefficients, Speeds and Powers.= By C.F.A. FYFE. 31
- plates, 280 pp. fcap. 8vo, leather. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Steamships and Their Machinery,= from first to last. By J.W.C.
- HALDANE. 120 illus. 532 pp. 8vo. (_1893_)
-
- 15 0
-
- =Tables for Constructing Ships' Lines.= By A. HOGG. Second edition,
- 8vo
-
- 7 0
-
- =Submarine Boats.= By G.W. HOVGAARD. 2 plates, 98 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1887_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Tabulated Weights= of Angle, Tee, Bulb, Round, Square, and Flat Iron
- and Steel for the use of Naval Architects, Ship-builders, etc. By C.H.
- JORDAN. Sixth edition, 640 pp. royal 32mo, French morocco, gilt edges.
- (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Particulars of Dry Docks,= Wet Docks, Wharves, etc. on the River
- Thames. Compiled by C.H. JORDAN. Second edition, 7 coloured charts,
- 103 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Marine Transport of Petroleum.= By H. LITTLE. 66 illus. 263 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Questions and Answers for Marine Engineers,= with a Practical
- Treatise on Breakdowns at Sea. By T. LUCAS. 12 folding plates, 515 pp.
- gilt edges, crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 8 0
-
- =Reed's Examination Papers for Extra First Class Engineers=. Fourth
- edition, 14 plates and 188 illus. 550 pp. 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
- =Reed's Engineers' Handbook to the Board of Trade Examinations= for
- certificates of Competency as First and Second Class Engineers.
- Nineteenth edition, 37 plates, 358 illus. 696 pp. 8vo
-
- _net_ 14 0
-
- =Reed's Marine Boilers.= Second edition, crown 8vo
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Reed's Useful Hints to Sea-going Engineers.= Fourth edition, 8
- plates, 50 illus. 312 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
-
- MATERIALS.
-
- =Practical Treatise on the Strength of Materials.= By T. BOX. Fourth
- edition, 27 plates, 536 pp. 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Treatise on the Origin, Progress, Prevention and Cure of Dry Rot in
- Timber.= By T.A. BRITTON. 10 plates, 519 pp. crown 8vo. (_1875_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Twenty Years' Practical Experience of Natural Asphalt= and Mineral
- Bitumen. By W.H. DELANO. 33 illus. 73 pp. crown 8vo, parchment.
- (_1893_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =Stone:= how to get it and how to use it. By Major-Gen. C.E. LUARD,
- R.E. 8vo, sewed. (_1890_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =Testing of Pipes= and Pipe-joints in the Open Trenches. By M.M.
- PATERSON. 8vo, sewed (_1879_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =Solid Bitumens.= By S.F. PECKHAM. 23 illus. 324 pp. 8vo. (_New York,
- 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Lubricants, Oils and Greases.= By I.I. REDWOOD. 3 plates, 8vo.
- (_1898_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Practical Treatise on Mineral Oils= and their By-Products. By I.I.
- REDWOOD. 67 illus. 336 pp. demy 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 15 0
-
- =Silico-Calcareous Sandstones,= or Building Stones from Quartz, Sand
- and Lime. By E. STOFFLER. 5 plates, 8vo, sewed. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 4 0
-
- =Proceedings of the Fifth Congress, International Association for
- Testing Materials.= English edition. 189 illus. 549 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_1910_).
-
- Paper
-
- _net_ 15 0
-
- Cloth
-
- _net_ 18 0
-
-
- MATHEMATICS.
-
- =Imaginary Quantities.= By M. ARGAND. Translated by PROF. HARDY. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Text Book of Practical Solid Geometry.= By E.H. DE V. ATKINSON.
- Revised by MAJOR B.R. WARD, R.E. Second edition, 17 plates, 8vo.
- (_1901_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Quick and Easy Methods of Calculating,= and the Theory and Use of the
- Slide Rule. By R.G. BLAINE. Third edition, 6 illus. 152 pp. 16mo,
- leather cloth. (_1907_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =Symbolic Algebra,= or the Algebra of Algebraic Numbers. By W. CAIN.
- 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Nautical Astronomy.= By J.H. COLVIN. 127 pp. crown, 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Chemical Problems.= By J.C. FOYE. Fourth edition, 141 pp. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Primer of the Calculus.= By E.S. GOULD. Second edition, 24 illus. 122
- pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1899_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Elementary Treatise on the Calculus= for Engineering Students. By J.
- GRAHAM. Third edition, 276 pp. crown 8vo. (_1905_). (FINSBURY
- TECHNICAL MANUAL)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Manual of the Slide Rule.= By F.A. HALSEY. Second edition, 31 illus.
- 84 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Reform in Chemical and Physical Calculations.= By C.J.T. HANSSEN.
- 4to. (_1897_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Algebra Self-Taught.= By P. HIGGS. Third edition, 104 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1903_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =Galvanic Circuit investigated Mathematically.= By G.S. OHM.
- Translated by WILLIAM FRANCIS. 269 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York,
- 1891_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Elementary Practical Mathematics.= By M.T. ORMSBY. 420 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_1900_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Elements of Graphic Statics.= By K. VON OTT. Translated by G.S.
- CLARKE. 93 illus. 128 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Figure of the Earth.= By F.C. ROBERTS. 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Arithmetic of Electricity.= By T. O'C. SLOANE. Thirteenth edition,
- crown 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Graphic Method for Solving certain Questions in Arithmetic or
- Algebra.= By G.L. VOSE. Second edition with 28 illus. 62 pp. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Problems in Electricity.= A Graduated Collection comprising all
- branches of Electrical Science. By R. WEBER. Translated from the
- French by E.A. O'KEEFE. 34 illus. 366 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_).
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
-
- MECHANICAL ENGINEERING.
-
- STEAM ENGINES AND BOILERS, ETC.
-
- =Handbook for Mechanical Engineers.= By HY. ADAMS. Fourth edition, 426
- pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Appleby's Handbooks of Machinery.= Many illustrations, 8vo. Sections
- 2, 3, 4 and 6
-
- _each_ 3 6
-
- Section 5
-
- 5 0
-
- Section 1.--Prime Movers. _Out of Print._
- Section 2.--Hoisting Machinery, Winding Engines, etc.
- Section 3.--_Out of print._
- Section 4.--Machine Tools and Accessories.
- Section 5.--Contractors' Plant and Railway Materials.
- Section 6.--Mining, Colonial and Manufacturing Machinery.
-
- =Engineers' Sketch Book of Mechanical Movements.= By T.W. BARBER.
- Fifth edition, 3000 illus. 355 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =The Repair and Maintenance of Machinery.= By T.W. BARBER. 417 illus.
- 476 pp. 8vo. (_1895_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Slide Valve and its Functions=, with special reference to Modern
- Practice in the United States. By J. BEGTRUP. 90 diagrams, 146 pp.
- medium 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 8 0
-
- =Practical Treatise on Mill Gearing.= By T. BOX. Fifth edition, 11
- plates, 128 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Safety Valves.= By R.H. BUELL. Third edition, 20 illus. 100 pp. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Machine Design.= By Prof. W.L. CATHCART. Part I. FASTENINGS. 123
- illus. 291 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Chimney Design and Theory.= By W.W. CHRISTIE. Second edition, 54
- illus. 192 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Furnace Draft:= its Production by Mechanical Methods. By W.W.
- CHRISTIE. 5 illus. 80 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Working and Management of Steam Boilers and Engines.= By F. COLYER.
- Second edition, 108 pp. crown 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =The Stokers' Catechism.= By W.J. CONNOR. 63 pp. limp cloth. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Treatise on the use of Belting for the Transmission of Power.= By
- J.H. COOPER. Fifth edition, 94 illus. 399 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York,
- 1901_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =The Steam Engine considered as a Thermodynamic Machine.= By J.H.
- COTTERILL. Third edition, 39 diagrams, 444 pp. 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 15 0
-
- =Fireman's Guide=, a Handbook on the Care of Boilers. By K.P.
- DAHLSTROM. Ninth edition fcap. 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Heat for Engineers.= By C.R. DARLING. 110 illus. 430 pp. 8vo.
- (_1908._) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL.)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Diseases of a Gasolene Automobile=, and How to Cure Them. By A.L.
- DYKE and G.P. DORRIS. 127 illus. 201 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Belt Driving.= By G. HALLIDAY. 3 folding plates, 100 pp. 8vo.
- (_1894_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Worm and Spiral Gearing.= By F.A. HALSEY. 13 plates, 85 pp. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Commercial Efficiency of Steam Boilers.= By A. HANSSEN. Large 8vo,
- sewed. (1898)
-
- 0 6
-
- =Corliss Engine.= By J.T. HENTHORN. Third edition, 23 illus. 95 pp.
- square 16mo. (S. & C. SERIES, No. 20.) (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Liquid Fuel= for Mechanical and Industrial Purposes. By E.A.
- BRAYLEY HODGETTS. 106 illus. 129 pp. 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Elementary Text-Book on Steam Engines and Boilers.= By J.H.
- KINEALY. Fourth edition, 106 illus. 259 pp. 8vo. (_New York,
- 1903_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Centrifugal Fans.= By J.H. KINEALY. 33 illus. 206 pp. fcap.
- 8vo, leather. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Mechanical Draft.= By J.H. KINEALY. 27 original tables and 13
- plates, 142 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =The A.B.C. of the Steam Engine=, with a description of the
- Automatic Governor. By J.P. LISK. 6 plates, 12mo. (S. & C.
- SERIES, No. 17.) (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Valve Setting Record Book.= By P.A. LOW. 8vo, boards.
-
- 1 6
-
- =The Lay-out of Corliss Valve Gears.= By S.A. MOSS. Second
- edition, 3 plates, 108 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Steam Boilers=, their Management and Working. By J. PEATTIE.
- Fifth edition, 35 illus. 230 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Treatise on the Richards Steam Engine Indicator.= By C.T.
- PORTER. Sixth edition, 3 plates and 73 diagrams, 285 pp. 8vo.
- (_1902_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Practical Treatise on the Steam Engine.= By A. RIGG. Second
- edition, 103 plates, 378 pp. demy 4to. (_1894_)
-
- 1 5 0
-
- =Power and its Transmission.= A Practical Handbook for the
- Factory and Works Manager. By T.A. SMITH. 76 pp. fcap. 8vo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Drawings for Medium Sized Repetition Work.= By R.D. SPINNEY.
- With 47 illus. 130 pp. 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Slide Valve Simply Explained.= By W.J. TENNANT. Revised by
- J.H. KINEALY. 41 illus. 83 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Shaft Governors.= By W. TRINKS and C. HOOSUM. 27 illus. 97 pp.
- 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Slide and Piston Valve Geared Steam Engines.= By W.H. UHLAND.
- 47 plates and 314 illus. 155 pp. Two vols. folio, half morocco.
- (_1882_)
-
- 1 16 0
-
- =How to run Engines and Boilers.= By E.P. WATSON. Fifth
- edition, 31 illus. 160 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Position Diagram of Cylinder with Meyer Cut-off.= By W.H.
- WEIGHTMAN. On card. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Practical Method of Designing Slide Valve Gearing.= By E.J.
- WELCH. 69 diagrams, 283 pp. Crown 8vo. (_1890_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Elements of Mechanics.= By T.W. WRIGHT. Eighth edition,
- illustrated, 382 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
-
- METALLURGY.
-
- IRON AND STEEL MANUFACTURE.
-
- =Life of Railway Axles.= By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1895_)
-
- 1 0
-
- =Microscopic Internal Flaws in Steel Rails and Propeller
- Shafts.= By T. ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
-
- 1 0
-
- =Microscopic Internal Flaws, Inducing Fracture in Steel.= By T.
- ANDREWS. 8vo, sewed. (_1896_)
-
- 2 0
-
- =Relations between the Effects of Stresses= slowly applied and
- of Stresses suddenly applied in the case of Iron and Steel:
- Comparative Tests with Notched and Plain Bars. By P. BREUIL. 23
- plates and 60 illus. 151 pp. 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 8 0
-
- =Brassfounders' Alloys.= By J.F. BUCHANAN. Illustrated, 129 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Foundry Nomenclature.= The Moulder's Pocket Dictionary and
- concise guide to Foundry Practice. By JOHN F. BUCHANAN.
- Illustrated, 225 pp. crown 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =American Standard Specifications for Steel.= By A.L. COLBY.
- Second edition, revised, 103 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Galvanised Iron=: its Manufacture and Uses. By J. DAVIES. 139
- pp. 8vo. (_1899_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Management of Steel.= By G. EDE. Seventh edition, 216 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Galvanising and Tinning=, with a special Chapter on Tinning
- Grey Iron Castings. By W.T. FLANDERS. 8vo. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Cupola Furnace.= A practical treatise on the Construction and
- Management of Foundry Cupolas. By E. KIRK. Third edition, 78
- illus. 450 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 15 0
-
- =Practical Notes on Pipe Founding.= By J.W. MACFARLANE. 15
- plates, 148 pp. 8vo
-
- 12 6
-
- =Atlas of Designs concerning Blast Furnace Practice.= By M.A.
- PAVLOFF. 127 plates, 14 in. by 101/2 in. oblong, sewed.
- (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Album of Drawings relating to the Manufacture of Open Hearth
- Steel.= By M.A. PAVLOFF.
-
- Part I. Open Hearth Furnaces. 52 plates, 14 in. by 101/2 in.
- oblong folio in portfolio. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 12 0
-
- =Metallography Applied to Siderurgic Products.= By H. SAVOIA.
- Translated by R.G. CORBET. With 94 illus. 180 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Modern Foundry Practice.= Including revised subject matter and
- tables from SPRETSON'S "Casting and Founding." By J. SHARP.
- Second edition, 272 illus. 759 pp. 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Roll Turning for Sections in Steel and Iron.= By A. SPENCER.
- Second edition, 78 plates, 4to. (_1894_)
-
- 1 10 0
-
-
- METRIC TABLES.
-
- =French Measure and English Equivalents.= By J. BROOK. Second
- edition, 80 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =A Dictionary of Metric and other useful Measures.= By L.
- CLARK. 113 pp. 8vo. (_1891_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =English Weights, with their Equivalents in kilogrammes per
- cent.= By F.W.A. LOGAN. 96 pp. fcap. 32mo, roan. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Metric Weights with English Equivalents.= By H.P. MCCARTNEY.
- 84 pp. fcap. 32mo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Metric Tables.= By Sir G.L. MOLESWORTH. Fourth edition, 95 pp.
- royal 32mo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Tables for Setting out Curves= from 200 metres to 4000 metres
- by tangential angles. By H. WILLIAMSON. 4 illus. 60 pp. 18mo.
- (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
-
- MINERALOGY AND MINING.
-
- =Rock Blasting.= By G.G. ANDRE. 12 plates and 56 illus. in
- text, 202 pp. 8vo. (_1878_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Winding Plants for Great Depth.= By H.C. BEHR. In two parts.
- 8vo, sewed. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =Practical Treatise on Hydraulic Mining in California.= By A.J.
- BOWIE, Jun. Tenth edition, 73 illus. 313 pp. royal 8vo. (_New
- York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Manual of Assaying Gold, Silver, Copper and Lead Ores.= By
- W.L. BROWN. Twelfth edition, 132 illus. 589 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Fire Assaying.= By E.W. BUSKETT. 69 illus. 105 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Tin=: Describing the Chief Methods of Mining, Dressing, etc.
- By A.G. CHARLETON. 15 plates, 83 pp. crown 8vo. (_1884_)
-
- 12 6
-
- =Gold Mining and Milling= in Western Australia, with Notes upon
- Telluride Treatment, Costs and Mining Practice in other Fields.
- By A.G. CHARLETON. 82 illus. and numerous plans and tables, 648
- pp. super-royal 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 1 5 0
-
- =Miners' Geology and Prospectors' Guide.= By G.A. CORDER. 29
- plates, 224 pp. crown 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Blasting of Rock in Mines, Quarries, Tunnels, etc.= By A.W.
- and Z.W. DAW. Second edition, 90 illus. 316 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 15 0
-
- =Handbook of Mineralogy=; determination and description of
- Minerals found in the United States. By J.C. FOYE. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1886_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Conversations on Mines.= By W. HOPTON. Ninth edition, 33
- illus. 356 pp. crown 8vo. (_1891_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =Our Coal Resources= at the End of the Nineteenth Century. By
- Prof. E. HULL. 157 pp. demy 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Hydraulic Gold Miners' Manual.= By T.S.G. KIRKPATRICK. Second
- edition, 12 illus. 46 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 4 0
-
- =Economic Mining.= By C.G.W. LOCK. 175 illus. 680 pp. 8vo.
- (_1895_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Gold Milling=: Principles and Practice. By C.G.W. LOCK. 200
- illus. 850 pp. demy 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Mining and Ore-Dressing Machinery.= By C.G.W. LOCK. 639
- illus. 466 pp. super-royal 4to. (_1890_)
-
- 1 5 0
-
- =Miners' Pocket Book.= By C.G.W. LOCK. Fifth edition, 233
- illus. 624 pp. fcap. 8vo, roan, gilt edges. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Tests for Ores, Minerals and Metals of Commercial Value.= By
- R.L. MCMECHEN. 152 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 5 6
-
- =Practical Handbook for the Working Miner and Prospector=, and
- the Mining Investor. By J.A. MILLER. 34 illus. 234 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 7 6
-
- =Theory and Practice of Centrifugal Ventilating Machines.= By
- D. MURGUE. 7 illus. 81 pp. 8vo. (_1883_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Examples of Coal Mining Plant.= By J. POVEY-HARPER. Second
- edition, 40 plates, 26 in. by 20 in. (_1895_)
-
- _net_ 4 4 0
-
- =Examples of Coal Mining Plant, Second Series.= By J.
- POVEY-HARPER. 10 plates, 26 in. by 20 in. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 12 6
-
-
- ORGANISATION.
-
- ACCOUNTS, CONTRACTS AND MANAGEMENT.
-
- =Organisation of Gold Mining Business=, with Specimens of the
- Departmental Report Books and the Account Books. By NICOL
- BROWN. Second edition, 220 pp. fcap. folio. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 1 5 0
-
- =Manual of Engineering Specifications= and Contracts. By L.M.
- HAUPT. Eighth edition, 338 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1900_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Depreciation of Factories=, Municipal, and Industrial
- Undertakings, and their Valuation. By E. MATHESON. Fourth
- edition, 230 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Aid Book to Engineering Enterprise.= By E. MATHESON. Third
- edition, 916 pp. 8vo, buckram. (_1898_)
-
- 1 4 0
-
- =Office Management.= A handbook for Architects and Civil
- Engineers. By W. KAYE PARRY. New impression, 187 pp. medium
- 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Commercial Organisation of Engineering Factories.= By H.
- SPENCER. 92 illus. 221 pp. 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
-
- PHYSICS.
-
- COLOUR, HEAT AND EXPERIMENTAL SCIENCE.
-
- =The Entropy Diagram= and its Applications. By M.J. BOULVIN. 38
- illus. 82 pp. demy 8vo. (_1898_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Physical Problems and their Solution.= By A. BOURGOUGNON. 224
- pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1897_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Heat for Engineers.= By C.R. DARLING. 110 illus. 430 pp. 8vo.
- (_1908_) (FINSBURY TECHNICAL MANUAL)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =The Colourist.= A method of determining colour harmony. By
- J.A.H. HATT. 2 coloured plates, 80 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Engineering Thermodynamics.= By C.F. HIRSCHFELD. 22 illus. 157
- pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Experimental Science=: Elementary, Practical and Experimental
- Physics. By G.M. HOPKINS. Twenty-third edition, 920 illus. 1100
- pp. large 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
- =Reform in Chemical and Physical Calculations.= By C.J.T.
- HANSSEN. Demy 4to. (_1897_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Introduction to the Study of Colour Phenomena.= By J.W.
- LOVIBOND. 10 hand coloured plates, 48 pp. 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Practical Laws and Data on the Condensation of Steam in Bare
- Pipes=; to which is added a Translation of PECLET'S Theory and
- Experiments on the Transmission of Heat through Insulating
- Materials. By C.P. PAULDING. 184 illus. 102 pp. demy 8vo. (_New
- York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =The Energy Chart.= Practical application to reciprocating
- steam-engines. By Captain H.R. SANKEY. 157 illus. 170 pp. 8vo.
- (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
-
- PRICE BOOKS.
-
- =Approximate Estimates.= By T.E. COLEMAN. Third edition, 481
- pp. oblong 32mo, leather. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Railway Stores Price Book.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE. 500 pp. demy
- 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Spons' Engineers' Price Book.= A Synopsis of Current Prices
- and Rates for Engineering Materials and Products. Edited by
- T.G. MARLOW. 650 pp. folio. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Spons' Architects' and Builders' Pocket Price Book=,
- Memoranda, Tables and Prices. Edited by CLYDE YOUNG. Revised by
- STANFORD M. BROOKS. Illustrated, 552 pp. 16mo, leather cloth
- (size 61/2 in. by 33/4 in. by 1/2 in. thick). Issued annually
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
-
- RAILWAY ENGINEERING.
-
- =Practical Hints to Young Engineers Employed on Indian
- Railways.= By A.W.C. ADDIS. With 14 illus. 154 pp. 12mo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Railroad Curves and Earthwork.= By C.F. ALLEN. Third edition,
- 4 plates, 198 pp. 12mo, leather, gilt edges. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Field and Office Tables=, specially applicable to Railroads.
- By C.F. ALLEN. 293 pp. 16mo, leather. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- _The two above combined in one vol. limp leather_
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Up-to-date Air Brake Catechism.= By R.H. BLACKALL.
- Twenty-third edit. 5 coloured plates, 96 illus. 305 pp. crown
- 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Simple and Automatic Vacuum Brakes.= By C. BRIGGS, G.N.R. 11
- plates, 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- 4 0
-
- =Notes on Permanent-way Material=, Plate-laying, and Points and
- Crossings. By W.H. COLE. Fifth edition, 32 plates, 176 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Statistical Tables of the Working of Railways= in various
- countries up to the year 1904. By J.D. DIACOMIDIS. Second
- edition, 84 pp. small folio, sewed. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 16 0
-
- =Locomotive Breakdowns=, Emergencies and their Remedies. By
- GEO. L. FOWLER, M.E. and W.W. WOOD. Fifth edition, 92 illus.
- 266 pp. 12mo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Permanent-Way Diagrams.= By F.H. FRERE. Mounted on linen in
- cloth covers. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Formulae for Railway Crossings and Switches.= By J. GLOVER. 9
- illus. 28 pp. royal 32mo. (_1896_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =Data relating to Railway Curves and Super elevations=, shown
- graphically. By J.H. HAISTE. On folding card for pocket use
-
- _net_ 0 6
-
- =Setting out of Tube Railways.= By G.M. HALDEN. 9 plates, 46
- illus. 68 pp. crown 4to. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Railway Engineering, Mechanical and Electrical.= By J.W.C.
- HALDANE, 141 illus. 563 pp. 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 15 0
-
- =Tables for setting-out Railway Curves.= By C.P. HOGG. A series
- of cards in neat cloth case
-
- 4 6
-
- =The Construction of the Modern Locomotive.= By G. HUGHES. 300
- illus. 261 pp. 8vo. (_1894_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Practical Hints for Light Railways= at Home and Abroad. By
- F.R. JOHNSON. 6 plates, 31 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =Handbook on Railway Stores Management.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE.
- 268 pp. demy 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Railway Stores Price Book.= By W.O. KEMPTHORNE. 487 pp. demy
- 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Tables for setting out Curves= for Railways, Roads, Canals,
- etc. By A. KENNEDY and R.W. HACKWOOD. 32mo
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Railroad Location Surveys and Estimates.= By F. LAVIS. 68
- illus. 270 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Tables for Computing the Contents of Earthwork= in the
- Cuttings and Embankments of Railways. By W. MACGREGOR. Royal
- 8vo
-
- 6 0
-
- =Bridge and Tunnel Centres.= By J.B. MCMASTERS. Illustrated,
- 106 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1893_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Pioneering.= By F. SHELFORD. Illustrated, 88 pp. crown 8vo.
- (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Handbook on Railway Surveying= for Students and Junior
- Engineers. By B. STEWART. 55 illus. 98 pp. crown 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Spiral Tables.= By J.G. SULLIVAN. 47 pp. 12mo, leather. (_New
- York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Modern British Locomotives.= By A.T. TAYLOR. 100 diagrams of
- principal dimensions, 118 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Locomotive Slide Valve Setting.= By C.E. TULLY. Illustrated,
- 18mo
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =The Walschaert Locomotive Valve Gear.= By W.W. WOOD. 4 plates
- and set of movable cardboard working models of the valves, 193
- pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =The Westinghouse E.T. Air-Brake Instruction Pocket Book.= By
- W.W. WOOD. 48 illus. including many coloured plates, 242 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
-
- SANITATION, PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL ENGINEERING.
-
- =Sewers and Drains for Populous Districts.= By J.W. ADAMS.
- Ninth edition, 81 illus. 236 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Public Abattoirs=, their Planning, Design and Equipment. By
- R.S. AYLING. 33 plates, 100 pp. demy 4to. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Sewage Purification.= By E. BAILEY-DENTON. 8 plates, 44 pp.
- 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Water Supply and Sewerage of Country Mansions= and Estates. By
- E. BAILEY-DENTON. 76 pp. crown 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Sewerage and Sewage Purification.= By M.N. BAKER. Second
- edition, 144 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Sewage Irrigation by Farmers.= By R.W.P. BIRCH. 8vo, sewed.
- (_1878_)
-
- 2 6
-
- =Sanitary House Drainage=, its Principles and Practice. By T.E.
- COLEMAN. 98 illus. 206 pp. crown 8vo. (_1896_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Stable Sanitation and Construction.= By T.E. COLEMAN. 183
- illus. 226 pp. crown 8vo. (_1897_)
-
- 6 0
-
- =Public Institutions=, their Engineering, Sanitary and other
- Appliances. By F. COLYER. 231 pp. 8vo. (_1889_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Discharge of Pipes and Culverts.= By P.M. CROSTHWAITE. Large
- folding sheet in case.
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =A Complete and Practical Treatise on Plumbing and Sanitation:
- Hot Water Supply, Warming and Ventilation=, Steam Cooking, Gas,
- Electric Light, Bells, etc., with a complete Schedule of Prices
- of Plumber's Work. By G.B. DAVIS and F. DYE. 2 vols. 637 illus.
- and 21 folding plates, 830 pp. 4to, cloth. (_1899_)
-
- _net_ 1 10 0
-
- =Standard Practical Plumbing.= By P.J. DAVIES.
-
- Vol. I. Fourth edition, 768 illus. 355 pp. royal 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- Vol. II. Second edition, 953 illus. 805 pp. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- Vol. III. 313 illus. 204 pp. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Conservancy, or Dry Sanitation versus Water Carriage.= By J.
- DONKIN. 7 plates, 33 pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Sewage Disposal Works=, their Design and Construction. By W.C.
- EASDALE. With 160 illus. 264 pp. demy 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =House Drainage and Sanitary Plumbing.= By W.P. GERHARD. Tenth
- edition, 6 illus. 231 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1902_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Engineering Work in Towns and Cities.= By E. MCCULLOCH. 44
- illus. 502 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =The Treatment of Septic Sewage.= By G.W. RAFTER. 137 pp. 18mo,
- boards. (_New York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Reports and Investigations on Sewer Air= and Sewer
- Ventilation. By R.H. REEVES. 8vo, sewed. (_1894_)
-
- 1 0
-
- =The Law and Practice of Paving= Private Street Works. By W.
- SPINKS. Fourth edition, 256 pp. 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
-
- STRUCTURAL DESIGN.
-
- (_See_ BRIDGES AND ROOFS.)
-
-
- TELEGRAPH CODES.
-
- =New Business Code.= 320 pp. narrow 8vo. (Size 43/4 in. by
- 73/4 in. and 1/2 in. thick, and weight 10 oz.) (_New York,
- 1909_)
-
- _net_ 1 10 0
-
- =Miners' and Smelters' Code= (formerly issued as the =Master
- Telegraph Code=). 448 pp. 8vo, limp leather, weight 14 oz.
- (_New York, 1899_)
-
- _net_ 2 10 0
-
- =Billionaire Phrase Code=, containing over two million
- sentences coded in single words. 56 pp. 8vo, leather. (_New
- York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
-
- WARMING AND VENTILATION.
-
- =Hot Water Supply.= By F. DYE. Fifth edition, 48 illus. 86 pp.
- crown 8vo. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =A Practical Treatise upon Steam Heating.= By F. DYE. 129
- illus. 246 pp. demy 8vo. (_1901_)
-
- _net_ 10 0
-
- =Practical Treatise on Warming Buildings by Hot Water.= By F.
- DYE. 192 illus. 319 pp. 8vo. cloth. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Charts for Low Pressure Steam Heating.= By J.H. KINEALY. Small
- folio. (_New York_)
-
- 4 6
-
- =Formulae and Tables for Heating.= By J.H. KINEALY. 18 illus. 53
- pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1899_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Mechanics of Ventilation.= By G.W. RAFTER. Second edition,
- 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1896_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Principles of Heating.= By W.G. SNOW. 62 illus. 161 pp. 8vo.
- (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =Furnace Heating.= By W.G. SNOW. Fourth edition, 52 illus. 216
- pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1909_)
-
- _net_ 6 6
-
- =Ventilation of Buildings.= By W.G. SNOW and T. NOLAN. 83 pp.
- 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Heating Engineers' Quantities.= By W.L. WHITE and G.M. WHITE.
- 4 plates, 33 pp. folio. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
-
- WATER SUPPLY.
-
- (_See also_ HYDRAULICS.)
-
- =Potable Water and Methods of Testing Impurities.= By M.N.
- BAKER. 97 pp. 18mo, boards. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Manual of Hydrology.= By N. BEARDMORE. New impression, 18
- plates, 384 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Boiler Waters=, Scale, Corrosion and Fouling. By W.W.
- CHRISTIE. 77 illus. 235 pp. 8vo, cloth. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Water Softening and Purification.= By H. COLLET. Second
- edition, 6 illus. 170 pp. crown 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Treatise on Water Supply=, Drainage and Sanitary Appliances of
- Residences. By F. COLYER. 100 pp. crown 8vo. (_1899_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Report on the Investigations into the Purification of the Ohio
- River Water= at Louisville, Kentucky. By G.W. FULLER. 8 plates,
- 4to, cloth. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- _net_ 2 2 0
-
- =Purification of Public Water Supplies.= By J.W. HILL. 314 pp.
- 8vo. (_New York, 1898_)
-
- 10 6
-
- =Well Boring for Water, Brine and Oil.= By C. ISLER. _New
- edition in the Press._
-
- =Method of Measuring Liquids Flowing through Pipes by means of
- Meters of Small Calibre.= By Prof. G. LANGE. 1 plate, 16 pp.
- 8vo, sewed
-
- _net_ 0 6
-
- =On Artificial Underground Water.= By G. RICHERT. 16 illus. 33
- pp. 8vo, sewed. (_1900_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Notes on Water Supply= in new Countries. By F.W. STONE. 18
- plates, 42 pp. crown 8vo. (_1888_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =The Principles of Waterworks Engineering.= By J.H.T. TUDSBERY
- and A.W. BRIGHTMORE. Third edition, 13 folding plates, 130
- illus. 447 pp. demy 8vo. (_1905_)
-
- _net_ 1 1 0
-
-
- WORKSHOP PRACTICE.
-
- =A Handbook for Apprenticed Machinists.= By O.J. BEALE. Second
- edition, 89 illus., 141 pp. 16mo. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Bicycle Repairing.= By S.D.V. BURR. Sixth edition, 200 illus.
- 208 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1903_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Practice of Hand Turning.= By F. CAMPIN. Third edition, 99
- illus. 307 pp. crown 8vo. (_1883_)
-
- 3 6
-
- =Calculation of Change Wheels for Screw Cutting on Lathes.= By
- D. DE VRIES. 46 illus. 83 pp. 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Milling Machines and Milling Practice.= By D. DE VRIES. With
- 536 illus. 464 pp. medium 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 14 0
-
- =French-Polishers' Manual.= By a French-Polisher. 31 pp. royal
- 32mo, sewed. (_1902_)
-
- _net_ 0 6
-
- =Art of Copper Smithing.= By J. FULLER. Third edition, 475
- illus. 325 pp. royal 8vo. (_New York, 1901_)
-
- _net_ 12 6
-
- =Saw Filing and Management of Saws.= By R. GRIMSHAW. New
- edition, 81 illus. 16mo. (_New York, 1906_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Paint and Colour Mixing.= By A.S. JENNINGS. Fourth edition. 14
- coloured plates, 190 pp. 8vo. (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Mechanician=: a Treatise on the Construction and
- Manipulation of Tools. By C. KNIGHT. Fifth edition, 96 plates,
- 397 pp. 4to. (_1897_)
-
- 18 0
-
- =Turner's and Fitter's Pocket Book.= By J. LA NICCA. 18mo,
- sewed
-
- 0 6
-
- =Tables for Engineers and Mechanics=, giving the values of the
- different trains of wheels required to produce Screws of any
- pitch. By LORD LINDSAY. Second edition, royal 8vo, oblong
-
- 2 0
-
- =Screw-cutting Tables.= By W.A. MARTIN. Seventh edition, royal
- 8vo, oblong
-
- 1 0
-
- =Metal Plate Work=, its Patterns and their Geometry, for the
- use of Tin, Iron and Zinc Plate Workers. By C.T. MILLIS. Fourth
- edition, 280 diagrams, 470 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- 9 0
-
- =Engineers' and General Smiths' Work.= The smith and forgeman's
- handbook of practical smithing and forging. By T. MOORE. 401
- illus. 248 pp. crown 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Modern Machine Shop Construction=, equipment and management.
- By O.E. PERRIGO. 208 illus. 343 pp. crown 4to. (_New York,
- 1906_)
-
- _net_ 21 0
-
- =Turner's Handbook on Screw-cutting=, Coning, etc. By W. PRICE.
- Fcap. 8vo
-
- 1 0
-
- =Introduction to Eccentric Spiral Turning.= By H.C. ROBINSON.
- 12 plates, 23 illus. 48 pp. 8vo. (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Manual of Instruction in Hard Soldering.= By H. ROWELL. Sixth
- edition, 7 illus. 66 pp. crown 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 3 0
-
- =Pocket Book on Boilermaking, Shipbuilding=, and the Steel and
- Iron Trades in General. By M.J. SEXTON. Sixth edition, 85
- illus. 319 pp. royal 32mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1909_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Power and its Transmission.= A Practical Handbook for the
- Factory and Works Manager. By T.A. SMITH. 76 pp. fcap. 8vo.
- (_1910_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Spons' Mechanics' Own Book=: A Manual for Handicraftsmen and
- Amateurs. Sixth edition, 1430 illus. 720 pp. demy 8vo. (_1903_)
-
- 6 0
-
- Ditto ditto half morocco
-
- 7 6
-
- =Spons' Workshop Receipts for Manufacturers, Mechanics and
- Scientific Amateurs.= New and thoroughly revised edition, crown
- 8vo. (_1909_)
-
- _each net_ 3 0
-
- Vol. I. ACETYLENE LIGHTING _to_ DRYING. 223 illus. 532 pp.
-
- Vol. II. DYEING _to_ JAPANNING. 259 illus. 540 pp.
-
- Vol. III. JOINTING PIPES _to_ PUMPS. 256 illus. 528 pp.
-
- Vol. IV. RAINWATER SEPARATORS _to_ WINES. 250 illus. 520 pp.
-
- =Gauges at a Glance.= By T. TAYLOR. Second edition, post 8vo, oblong,
- with tape converter. (_1900_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =Simple Soldering=, both Hard and Soft. By E. THATCHER. 52
- illus. 76 pp. crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, NO. 18.) (_New
- York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =The Modern Machinist.= By J.T. USHER. Fifth edition. 257
- illus. 322 pp. 8vo. (_New York, 1904_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Practical Wood Carving.= By C.J. WOODSEND. 108 illus. 86 pp.
- 8vo. (_New York, 1897_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =American Tool Making= and Interchangeable Manufacturing. By
- J.W. WOODWORTH. 600 illus. 544 pp. demy 8vo. (_New York, 1905_)
-
- _net_ 17 0
-
-
- USEFUL TABLES.
-
- =Weights and Measurements of Sheet Lead.= By J. ALEXANDER.
- 32mo, roan
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Tables of Parabolic Curves= for the use of Railway Engineers
- and others. By G.T. ALLEN. Fcap. 16mo
-
- 4 0
-
- =Barlow's Tables of Squares=, Cubes, Square Roots, Cube Roots
- and Reciprocals. Crown 8vo
-
- 6 0
-
- =Tables of Squares.= By E.E. BUCHANAN. Ninth edition, 12mo
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Land Area Tables.= By W. CODD. Square 16mo, on a sheet mounted
- on linen and bound in cloth
-
- 3 6
-
- =Tables for Setting out Curves= from 101 to 5000 feet radius.
- By H.A. CUTLER and F.J. EDGE. Royal 32mo
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Transition Curves.= By W.G. FOX. 18mo, boards. (_New York_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Tables of some of the Principal Speeds= occurring in
- Mechanical Engineering, expressed in Metres per second. By P.
- KEERAYEFF. 18mo, sewed
-
- 0 6
-
- =Calculating Scale.= A Substitute for the Slide Rule. By W.
- KNOWLES. Crown 8vo, leather
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Planimeter Areas.= Multipliers for various scales. By H.B.
- MOLESWORTH. Folding sheet in cloth case.
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =Tables of Seamless Copper Tubes.= By I. O'TOOLE. 69 pp. oblong
- fcap. 8vo. (_1908_)
-
- _net_ 3 6
-
- =Rownson's Iron Merchants' Tables= and Memoranda, Weights and
- Measures. 86 pp. 32mo, leather
-
- 3 6
-
- =Spons' Tables and Memoranda for Engineers.= By J.T. HURST,
- C.E. Twelfth edition, 278 pp. 64mo, roan, gilt edges. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- Ditto ditto in celluloid case
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Optical Tables and Data=, for the use of Opticians. By Prof.
- S.P. THOMPSON. Second edition, 130 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1907_)
-
- _net_ 6 0
-
- =Traverse Table=, showing Latitudes and Departure for each
- Quarter degree of the Quadrant, and for distances from 1 to
- 100, etc.; 18mo, boards.
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
- =Fifty-four Hours' Wages Calculator.= By H.N. WHITELAW. Second
- edition, 8vo.
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Wheel Gearing.= Tables of Pitch Line Diameters, etc. By A.
- WILDGOOSE and A.J. ORR. 175 pp. fcap. 32mo. (_1903_)
-
- _net_ 2 0
-
-
-MISCELLANEOUS.
-
- =Time Chart.= The time of day at any place in the World at a
- glance. By Dr. F.J.B. CORDEIRO. On card.
-
- _net_ 1 0
-
- =The Atmosphere=: Its Characteristics and Dynamics. By F.J.B.
- CORDEIRO. With 35 illus. 129 pp. medium 8vo. (_New York, 1910_)
-
- _net_ 10 6
-
- =Model Steam Engine Design.= By R.M. DE VIGNIER. 34 illus. 94
- pp. crown 8vo, limp. (_New York, 1907_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
- =Popular Engineering.= By F. DYE. 704 illus. 477 pp. crown 4to.
- (_1895_)
-
- _net_ 5 0
-
- =The Phonograph=, and how to construct it. By W. GILLETT. 6
- folding plates, 87 pp. crown 8vo. (_1892_)
-
- 5 0
-
- =Particulars of Dry Docks=, Wet Docks, Wharves, etc. on the
- River Thames. By C.N. JORDAN. Second edition, 7 coloured
- charts, 103 pp. oblong 8vo. (_1904_)
-
- _net_ 2 6
-
- =Spons' Engineer's Diary and Year Book=, issued annually. 4to.
-
- 3 6
-
- =New Theories in Astronomy.= By W. STIRLING. 335 pp. demy 8vo.
- (_1906_)
-
- _net_ 8 6
-
- =The American Hardware Store.= A Manual of approved methods of
- arranging and displaying hardware. By R.R. WILLIAMS. 500 illus.
- 448 pp. royal 8vo. (_New York, 1896_)
-
- _net_ 7 6
-
- =Practical Wood Carving.= By C.J. WOODSEND. 108 illus. 86 pp.
- 8vo. (_New York, 1897_)
-
- _net_ 4 6
-
- =Inventions, How to Protect, Sell and Buy Them.= By F. WRIGHT.
- Crown 8vo, limp. (S. & C. SERIES, No. 10.) (_New York, 1908_)
-
- _net_ 1 6
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-SCIENCE ABSTRACTS
-
-SECTION A.--PHYSICS. SECTION B.--ENGINEERING.
-
-_ISSUED MONTHLY BY THE_ INSTITUTION OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS,
-
-WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
-
-The Physical Society of London, The American Physical Society, The
-American Institute of Electrical Engineers, and The American
-Electro-Chemical Society.
-
-
-Section A.--PHYSICS.
-
-_Annual Subscription_, =18s.= _net, post-free_.
-
- CONTENTS:--General Physics--Light--Heat--Electricity and
- Magnetism--Chemical Physics and Electro-Chemistry.
-
-During 1908 and 1909 over 4200 Abstracts and References were included
-under the above headings.
-
-
-Section B.--ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
-
-_Annual Subscription_, =18s.= _net, post-free_.
-
- CONTENTS:--Steam Plant, Gas and Oil Engines--Industrial
- Electro-Chemistry, General Electrical Engineering, and
- Properties and Treatment of Materials--Generators, Motors and
- Transformers--Electrical Distribution, Traction and
- Lighting--Telegraphy and Telephony.
-
-During 1908 and 1909 over 2800 Abstracts and References were included
-under the above headings.
-
-_Annual Subscription for Both Sections_, =30s.= _net, post-free_.
-
-_Binding Cases for all Vols. are to be had, price 1s. each (post-free
-1s. 2d.)._
-
-
-E. & F.N. SPON, Ltd., 57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
-
-
-The Journal of the Iron and Steel Institute.
-
-Edited by G.C. LLOYD, _Secretary_.
-
-Published Half-yearly, 8vo, cloth, 16_s._ _net_.
-
-
-The Journal of the Institution of Electrical Engineers.
-
-Edited by P.F. ROWELL, _Secretary_.
-
-
-The Proceedings of the Institution of Municipal and County Engineers.
-
-Edited by THOMAS COLE, Assoc. M. Inst. C.E. _Secretary_.
-
-Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 21_s._ _net_.
-
-
-The Transactions of the Institution of Mining and Metallurgy.
-
-Edited by C. MCDERMID, _Secretary_.
-
-Published Annually, boards, 21_s._ _net_, or half-bound, 25_s._ _net_.
-
-
-Transactions of the Institution of Gas Engineers.
-
-Edited by WALTER T. DUNN, _Secretary_.
-
-Published Annually, 8vo, cloth, 10_s._ 6_d._ _net_.
-
-
-Proceedings of the International Association for Testing Materials.
-
-(English Edition.)
-
-
-E. & F.N. SPON, Ltd., 57 Haymarket, London, S.W.
-
-
-LONDON: PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED.
-
-
-
-
- JUST OUT THE LATEST
-
-The
-
-Aeroplane Portfolio
-
-By D. ROSS KENNEDY
-
-
-Containing nine sheets of scale drawings of the following celebrated
-Aeroplanes.
-
- Biplane type;--Wright, Farman, Voisin, Cody, Herring-Curtis.
-
- Monoplanes;--Rep, Antoinette, Santos Dumont, and Bleriot.
-
-Each of these machines are here shown in End View, Plan and Elevation.
-
-Including booklet which contains a description of each machine.
-
-This timely set of drawings should prove of value to everyone
-interested in this important new industry.
-
-The complete set mailed to any part of the world postpaid on receipt
-of
-
- _net_ 55c.
-
- SPON & CHAMBERLAIN
- PUBLISHERS OF TECHNICAL BOOKS
- 123-5 Liberty Street,--New York
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-The Percy Pierce Flyer
-
-A FAMOUS PRIZE WINNER
-
- A
- Large Scale Drawing
- of this famous model,
- with all measurements and details
-
-showing a front elevation, a side elevation and a top plan, with full
-descriptive matter. Anybody can make an =EXACT DUPLICATE= of this
-Prize Winner for himself at small cost.
-
-DO IT NOW
-
-Complete set of materials in the rough with drawing and instructions,
-Postpaid, $1.15
-
-The drawing and instructions 15c postpaid
-
-
-
-
- Make Your Own
- GLIDER
-
-How to make a 20 ft. Biplane Gliding Machine
-
-That will carry an ordinary man
-
-
-PracticaI handbook on the construction of a Biplane Gliding Machine
-enabling an intelligent reader to make his first step in the field of
-aviation with a comprehensive understanding of some of the principals
-involved. By Alfred Powell Morgan. Contents of Chapters: 1. The
-Framework, Assembling and finishing the wood. 2. Covering the planes,
-Laying out the fabric and fastening it. 3. Trussing, Fastening the tie
-rods and trueing the glider. 4. Gliding flight. The principals
-involved. Instructions and precautions. 5. Remarks. Fully illustrated
-with detail drawings. By Mail. In paper, postpaid, 25c.
-
-In handsome cloth binding, postpaid, 55c.
-
- =Flying Machines, Past, Present and Future.= A popular account
- of flying machines, dirigible balloons and aeroplanes.
- Describing many different kinds of machines, and their chief
- feature. By A.W. Marshall and Henry Greenly. 138 pages 23
- illustrations and many plates, 12 mo. boards. By mail 55c.
-
- =Model Flying Machines.= Their design and construction by W.G.
- Aston. A first rate little book showing numerous methods of
- propelling models, making propellors, construction of different
- kinds of models, etc., etc. 130 pages, 94 illustrations. 12 mo.
- boards, by mail 55c.
-
-=Model Aeroplanes.= How to Build and Fly Them, by E.W. Twining. A set
-of 5 full-size scale drawings for three different models with
-descriptive illustrated book explaining how to make and fly them.
-
- Postpaid : : : : 55c
-
-=No. 2 Model.= Complete set of parts in the rough to make up this
-model. (Without drawings),
-
- Postpaid : : 65c
-
-[Illustration: No. 3 Model]
-
-=No. 3 Model.= Complete set of parts in the rough (without drawings).
-This makes up into a beautiful little model.
-
- Postpaid : : : : $1.15
-
-
-=Model Gliders, Birds, Butterflies and Aeroplanes.=
-
-How to make and fly them, by E.W. Twining. Consisting of one large
-sheet of 12 butterflies and two birds printed in bright colors. One
-small cardboard Model Glider with descriptive illustrated book showing
-how to make and fly them.
-
- Postpaid : : : : 55c
-
-
-
-
- * * * * *
-
-
- Transcriber's Notes
-
- Obvious punctuation and spelling errors and inconsistent hyphenation
- have been corrected.
-
- Italic text is denoted by _underscores_ and bold text by =equal signs=.
-
- The OE ligature has been replaced by the separate characters.
-
- The fractions 1/4, 1/2 and 3/4 are represented using the Latin-1 characters,
- but other fractions use the / and - symbols, e.g. 3/8 or 2-5/8.
-
- The exponents 2 and 3 are represented using squared and cubed respectively, but
- other exponents are indicated by the caret character, for example,
- v^{1.85}
-
- Subscripts are simply enclosed in braces, e.g. W{0}.
-
- Other symbols that cannot be represented have been replaced by words
- in braces: {alpha}, {pi}, {therefore}, {square root} and
- {proportional to}.
-
- The skin friction formulae given on pages 11 and 128 have been corrected
- by comparison with other sources. Respectively, the formulae were
- originally printed as
- _f_ = 0.00000778_l_^{9.3}_v_^{1.85}
- and
- _f_ = 0.00000778_l_ - ^{00.7}_v_^{1.85}
-
- In ambiguous cases, the text has been left as it appears in the
- original book.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Theory and Practice of Model
-Aeroplaning, by V. E. Johnson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE THEORY AND PRACTICE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 41135.txt or 41135.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/1/1/3/41135/
-
-Produced by Chris Curnow, Mark Young and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.